WO2018177431A1 - Power-saving method for user terminal and device - Google Patents

Power-saving method for user terminal and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018177431A1
WO2018177431A1 PCT/CN2018/081451 CN2018081451W WO2018177431A1 WO 2018177431 A1 WO2018177431 A1 WO 2018177431A1 CN 2018081451 W CN2018081451 W CN 2018081451W WO 2018177431 A1 WO2018177431 A1 WO 2018177431A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
network location
information
user terminal
cell
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/081451
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张元�
梁靖
Original Assignee
电信科学技术研究院有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 filed Critical 电信科学技术研究院有限公司
Publication of WO2018177431A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018177431A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0212Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is master and terminal is slave
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/005Transmission of information for alerting of incoming communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a power saving method and apparatus for a user terminal.
  • the types of user terminals and the types of services carried by user terminals in wireless communication network systems are increasingly diverse.
  • the prior art reduces the unnecessary occupation of the wireless network resource and reduces the power consumption of the user terminal by the user terminal wake-up mechanism.
  • the user terminal wake-up mechanism means that the user terminal in the working state does not perform data transmission and reception within a predetermined time, the user terminal enters a sleep state in which the power consumption is extremely low, and the user terminal in the sleep state can listen to the base station corresponding to the resident cell.
  • the wake-up signal is sent; when the base station corresponding to the cell of the user terminal needs to send data to the user terminal, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal, and the user terminal monitors and receives the wake-up signal, and returns from the sleep state based on the wake-up signal.
  • the communication module is started to communicate with the base station, and the data sent by the base station is received.
  • the user terminal can also send data to the base station. If the user terminal does not send and receive data within a predetermined time, the user terminal enters the sleep state again.
  • the wake-up mechanism of the user terminal in the existing wireless network communication system has at least the following technical problems in the process of implementing the technical solution in the embodiment of the present invention:
  • the wireless communication network system information needs to be read, and the update of the wireless communication network system information required for the communication connection with the base station is completed, so that the user terminal can receive the paging message. Achieve business reachability. However, reading the wireless communication network system information may cause the user terminal to consume more power.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for saving power of a user terminal, which are used to solve the defect that a user terminal consumes a large amount of power when replacing a resident cell in the prior art, and implements a change in the resident cell.
  • the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information received by the first cell and the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal respectively respectively implement the cell camping and the receiving wake-up signal to wake up the user terminal to receive the paging message, thereby
  • the first acquisition information and the second acquisition information power consumption are obtained from the second base station, and the user terminal is saved.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user terminal power saving method, which is applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, where base stations in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be based on the same transmission mode and time.
  • the frequency resource sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message to the user terminal in the covered cell; the method includes:
  • the user terminal In the process of changing the camping cell of the user terminal from the first cell to the second cell, the user terminal is configured to acquire according to the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is used.
  • the first acquiring information of the network location information, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell is received by the second cell;
  • the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information used to acquire the wake-up signal received by the first base station in the first cell, based on the wake-up Returning to the working mode, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  • the method when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the method further includes:
  • the user terminal receives, in the first cell, the second acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection.
  • the RRC inactive state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or
  • the base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource.
  • Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is included in the user terminal.
  • the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user terminal power saving device, which is applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, where base stations in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be based on the same transmission mode and time.
  • the frequency resource sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message to the user terminal in the covered cell; the device includes:
  • a network location information acquiring module configured to receive, according to the first cell corresponding to the first cell, the first cell when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell Receiving, by the second cell, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell, where the first location information is used to obtain the network location information;
  • a network location identifier determining module configured to determine whether a network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
  • a user terminal wake-up module configured to receive a wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received by the first base station when the first cell is Receiving a working mode according to the wake-up signal, and receiving a paging message sent by the second base station;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  • the device further includes:
  • a first acquiring information acquiring module configured to receive, by the first cell, the first base station, by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling, when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell The first acquisition information;
  • a second acquiring information acquiring module configured to receive, by the first base station, the broadcast message or the RRC proprietary message when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell The second acquired information that is issued.
  • the device further includes:
  • a working mode determining module configured to: when the user terminal resides in the first cell, the user terminal receives working mode configuration information sent by the first base station, and determines whether to enter based on the working mode configuration information. Or leaving the working mode; and when the user terminal is camped on the second cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the second base station, and determines whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the operating mode configuration information. Entering or leaving the working mode; wherein the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection.
  • the RRC inactive state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or
  • the base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource.
  • Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is included in the user terminal.
  • the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • a user terminal provided in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • At least one processor and,
  • the memory stores instructions executable by the at least one processor, the instructions being executed by the at least one processor to enable the at least one processor to perform the aforementioned user terminal power saving method.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a power saving method for a user terminal, which is applied to a network side device, where the method includes:
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and indicates that the user terminal has a paging based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the wake-up signal of the message
  • the base station Transmitting, by the base station, first acquiring information for acquiring network location information and second acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal, to the user terminal in the covered cell, so that the user terminal is in a camping cell
  • the first acquiring information for acquiring network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is changed, in the The second cell receives the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and determines that the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in the user terminal.
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station can be received based on the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, based on the wake-up Returning to the working mode, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  • the method when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends the second acquisition information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station When the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the first base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
  • the second base station When the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, the second base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
  • the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  • the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state.
  • the RRC idle state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection.
  • the RRC inactive state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and uses the indication based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell.
  • the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a power saving device for a user terminal, which is applied to a network side device, where the device includes:
  • a system information sending module configured to send network location information to the user terminal in a cell covered by a base station in the same location area, and to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource Wake-up signal;
  • an information sending module configured to send, to the user terminal in a cell covered by the base station, first obtaining information for acquiring network location information and second obtaining information for acquiring a wake-up signal, so that the user terminal In the process of changing the camping cell from the first cell to the second cell, the first acquiring information for acquiring network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is received And receiving, by the second cell, the network location information that is sent by the second base station that is corresponding to the second cell; and determining that the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information that is sent by the second base station includes When the network location identifier list of the user terminal is used, the second base station that is sent by the second base station can be received based on the second acquisition information that is received by the first base station and used to acquire the wake-up signal.
  • the wake-up signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  • the acquiring information sending module is further configured to: when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, used to send the message to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling. Deliver the first acquisition information;
  • the second acquiring information is sent to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the device further includes:
  • a working mode configuration information sending module configured to send working mode configuration information to the user terminal when the resident cell of the user terminal is the first cell, so that the user terminal can be based on the working Mode configuration information determines whether to enter or leave the work mode
  • the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, configured to send working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether to enter or leave based on the working mode configuration information.
  • the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  • the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state.
  • the RRC idle state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection.
  • the RRC inactive state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and uses the indication based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell.
  • the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • the user terminal power saving method and apparatus in the embodiment of the present invention the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource to the user terminal in the covered cell
  • the network location information is sent and the wake-up signal is used to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message
  • the user terminal does not need to consume power to read the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information from the second base station corresponding to the second cell, and directly receives the first base station corresponding to the first cell according to the first cell.
  • the first location information used to obtain the network location information, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell is received by the second cell, and the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information is included in the user terminal.
  • the user terminal does not need to consume power to read from the second base station corresponding to the second cell for acquisition.
  • the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal is directly received based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, and is received based on the wake-up signal sent by the second base station to wake up the user terminal to receive the paging. Message.
  • the user terminal can save power in the process of camping the cell change; on the other hand, the user terminal can also update the network location identifier list based on the network location information sent by the second base station to ensure that the user terminal normally receives the search. Calling messages and achieving business reachability.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a power saving method of a user terminal provided by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a power saving method for a user terminal provided by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a power saving device of a user terminal provided by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a power saving device for a user terminal provided by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • LA Location Area
  • the term "Location Area” (LA) refers to an area set for paging in a wireless communication system, which corresponds to a geographical area, and can be specifically divided into administrative areas, and can also be divided according to paging quantity. It is obtained that it is the smallest unit of CS (Circuit Switched) paging; one location area may contain one or more cells.
  • the location area identifier LAI refers to an area in which the user terminal can freely move without updating the visitor location register in the wireless communication system.
  • the location area identifier LAI is composed of MCC (Mobile Country Code), MNC (Mobile Network Code), and LAC (Location Area Code).
  • MCC Mobile Country Code
  • MNC Mobile Network Code
  • LAC Location Area Code
  • the user terminal when the user terminal replaces the resident cell by cell selection or reselection, it is required to read the wireless communication network system information, complete the update of the wireless communication network system information required for the communication connection with the base station, so that the user terminal can receive Paging messages to achieve service reachability.
  • reading the wireless communication network system information may cause the user terminal to consume more power.
  • the inventor finds that the resident cell of the user terminal consumes a large amount of power when changing from the original cell to the new cell, which is not necessarily required for obtaining the wireless communication network system information.
  • the real reason is that the user terminal needs to consume more power when receiving the acquisition information sent by the base station corresponding to the new cell for acquiring the wireless communication network system information.
  • the inventors provide a power saving method and device for a user terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a power saving method of a user terminal provided by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user terminal power saving method may be specifically applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, and the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be used in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the user terminal sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource refer to data transmission using the same modulation and coding mode, repetition period, offset, and transmission frequency band.
  • the wireless communication network system may be an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system or an NR (Next Generation Radio Access Technology) system.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • NR Next Generation Radio Access Technology
  • the RRC state of the base station in the LTE system may include only the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, and may also include an RRC connection state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC light connection state; and an RRC state of the base station in the NR system, specifically The RRC connected state and the RRC idle state are included, and may also include an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state.
  • the RRC state of the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) in the LTE system includes an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC light connected state.
  • the user terminal can Sending uplink data to the base station that is in communication with the base station. If the base station does not receive the uplink data of the user terminal within a predetermined time, the base station sends an RRC Connection Release message to the user terminal, releasing the RRC connection of the user terminal, and enabling the user terminal. Enter RRC idle state or RRC light connection state.
  • the user terminal When the user terminal is in the RRC idle state or the RRC light connection state, the user terminal listens to the wake-up signal sent by the base station to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, and after receiving the wake-up signal, the user terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal.
  • the communication module is started to communicate with the base station, and receives a paging message sent by the base station.
  • the RRC state of the user terminal in the NR system includes an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state.
  • the user terminal can connect to the base station that is communicatively connected thereto. Sending the uplink data, if the base station does not receive the uplink data of the user terminal within the predetermined time, the base station sends an RRC Connection Release message to the user terminal, releasing the RRC connection of the user terminal, and causing the user terminal to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC. Inactive state.
  • the user terminal When the user terminal is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the user terminal listens to the wake-up signal sent by the base station to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, and after receiving the wake-up signal, the user terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal.
  • the communication module is started to communicate with the base station, and receives a paging message sent by the base station.
  • the user terminal in the NR system When the user terminal in the NR system is in the RRC inactive state, it can receive paging messages from the core network and the RAN (Radio Access Network).
  • the user terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user with wireless communication functionality, which may specifically be a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or other processing device connected to the wireless modem.
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and with a mobile terminal
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the computers for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point. Remote Terminal, Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
  • the user terminal may be referred to as a terminal, a mobile station (Mobile Station, abbreviated as "MS”), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., and the user terminal may be connected by wireless.
  • the Radio Access Network (Radio Access Network, referred to as "RAN") communicates with one or more core networks.
  • the user terminal may be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example,
  • the user terminal can also be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that exchanges voice and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • a base station e.g., an access point
  • the base station can refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal over one or more sectors over an air interface.
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station may be an evolved Node B ("eNB” or "e-NodeB”) in the LTE, or may be a base station in the NR. This example is not limited.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • e-NodeB evolved Node B
  • the process of power saving of the user terminal based on the terminal side in the embodiment of the present invention is as follows:
  • the user terminal receives, according to the first cell corresponding to the first cell, when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell.
  • the user terminal determines whether the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
  • the user terminal when YES, receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station according to the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received by the first base station in the first cell, And receiving the paging message sent by the second base station, where the second acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band information.
  • the base stations in the wireless communication network system can be divided into two types:
  • the first type is: a base station in which the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state.
  • the RRC state includes a base station that includes only an RRC connected state and an RRC idle state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include RRC.
  • a connection state and an RRC idle state where the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the second type is: the RRC state includes a base station of an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state.
  • the RRC state includes a base station that includes an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC.
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the wake-up signal indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or
  • the base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource.
  • Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is included in the user terminal.
  • the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC state including the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state includes two scenarios:
  • the first case is that the user terminal is in the RRC idle state.
  • the first acquiring information is acquiring information about acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs. ;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the second case is that the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs Obtaining information of the network location area identifier and/or obtaining information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location area can be represented by two types.
  • the first type of representation that can be used is: access network location area identification.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the second available representation is: a cell identification list representation.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • the method further includes: based on the obtaining the first obtaining information and the second obtaining information, the method is further based on the possible implementation manner of the user terminal power saving method in the terminal side, the method further includes:
  • the user terminal receives, in the first cell, the second acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the method further includes:
  • the user terminal When the user terminal is camped on the first cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station, and determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information;
  • the user terminal When the user terminal is camped on the second cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the second base station, and determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information;
  • the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on the working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a power saving method for a user terminal provided by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the power saving method of the user terminal provided on the network side and the power saving method based on the user terminal provided by the terminal side belong to the same inventive concept.
  • the power saving method of the user terminal may be specifically applied to a network side device, where the network side device includes a base station, and the cell covered by the base station has a user terminal.
  • the network side device includes a base station
  • the cell covered by the base station has a user terminal.
  • the process of power saving of the user terminal based on the network side in the embodiment of the present invention is as follows:
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate that the user terminal has The wake-up signal of the paging message;
  • the base station sends, to the user terminal in the covered cell, first obtaining information for acquiring network location information and second acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal, so that the user terminal is resident.
  • the cell may be based on the first acquiring information used to obtain the network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell in the first cell,
  • the second cell receives the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and determines that the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in the
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station can be received based on the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal received by the first base station in the first cell, Receiving a working mode, and receiving a paging message sent by the second base station;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  • the base stations in the wireless communication network system can be classified into two types:
  • the first type is: a base station in which the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state.
  • the RRC state includes a base station that includes only an RRC connected state and an RRC idle state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include RRC.
  • a connection state and an RRC idle state where the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information and indicates the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the second type is: the RRC state includes a base station of an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state.
  • the RRC state includes a base station that includes an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC.
  • a light connection state or an RRC inactive state where the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information and uses the same to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the wake-up signal indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell.
  • the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC state including the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state includes two scenarios:
  • the first case is that the user terminal is in the RRC idle state.
  • the first acquiring information is acquiring information about acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs. ;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the second case is that the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs Obtaining information of the network location area identifier and/or obtaining information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location area can be represented by two types.
  • the first type of representation that can be used is: access network location area identification.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the second available representation is: a cell identification list representation.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • the method further includes: based on the user terminal being able to obtain the first obtaining information and the second acquiring information, the method further includes: in a possible implementation manner of the network side user terminal power saving method embodiment, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends the second acquisition information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station When the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the first base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
  • the second base station When the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, the second base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
  • the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  • the wireless communication network system may specifically be one of an LTE system and an NR system.
  • the RRC state of the base station may include only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and may also include an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC light connected state, where the RRC state of the user terminal includes an RRC connected state.
  • the RRC idle state and the RRC light connection state, the RRC idle state and the RRC light connection state indicate that the user terminal is in a sleep state, and can listen to the wakeup signal sent by the base station indicating that the user terminal has a paging message, and the RRC connection state indicates that the user terminal is working.
  • the mode is capable of transmitting uplink data to a base station that is in communication with it.
  • the RRC state of the base station may include only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and may also include an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state, where the RRC state of the user terminal includes an RRC connected state.
  • the RRC idle state and the RRC inactive state, the RRC idle state and the RRC inactive state indicate that the user terminal is in a sleep state, and can listen to the wakeup signal sent by the base station indicating that the user terminal has a paging message, and the RRC connection state indicates that the user terminal is working.
  • the mode is capable of transmitting uplink data to a base station that is in communication with it.
  • the camped cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell, where A cell corresponds to the first base station, and the second cell corresponds to the second base station.
  • a cell corresponds to the first base station
  • the second cell corresponds to the second base station.
  • the first cell is only the cell where the user terminal resides before the change
  • the second cell is only the user terminal after the change of the user.
  • the camped cell is not the cell identified in the plan in the wireless communication network.
  • the first base station and the second base station are also the base stations identified in the plan in the wireless communication network.
  • the wireless communication network system includes a base station in which the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connection. And the RRC idle state, the RRC state only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, the base station transmits the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information and the wakeup signal for acquiring the network location information by using the broadcast message to the user terminal in the covered cell. The second get information.
  • the base station in the wireless communication network system includes, but is not limited to, a base station in which the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and may further include the RRC state including the RRC connected state, the RRC idle state, and the RRC light.
  • a base station in a connected state and a base station including an RRC state including an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state.
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, but the RRC state of the first base station and the second base station are both included in the first embodiment. This assumption does not have a limiting effect on other base stations in a wireless communication network system.
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the base station sends the core network location to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the area identifier and the wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message; the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC.
  • the RRC connection state includes only the user terminal in the cell to which the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state are addressed, and the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier and the wakeup signal for acquiring the core network location area identifier are sent by using the broadcast message.
  • a second acquisition information where the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes repetition period information and an offset. At least one of information and transmission band information.
  • the RRC state only includes the core network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state is turned on, accesses the wireless communication network system, and registers. If the base station does not receive the uplink data of the user terminal within the predetermined time, the base station sends an RRC Connection Release message to the user terminal, releasing the RRC connection of the user terminal, so that the user terminal enters the RRC idle state; The RRC-specific signaling sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, and the user terminal enters the RRC idle state according to the working mode configuration information, where the working mode configuration information is the working mode decision of the base station based on the information including the user terminal service delay requirement information. Get it from the information.
  • the user terminal When the user terminal needs to change the camped cell from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is configured to acquire the core network based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the user is in the first cell.
  • the first acquiring information of the location area identifier is used by the second cell to receive the core network location area identifier that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell, and may be based on the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission included in the first acquiring information.
  • the user terminal determines whether the core network location area identifier of the second cell in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the second
  • the paging message sent by the base station may be based on at least one of the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information included in the second acquisition information, and the wake-up signal in the core network location area sent by the second base station.
  • the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information are compared, and if they are the same, the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is received; the user terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the search by the second base station. Call the message.
  • the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list.
  • the second acquiring information based on the second obtaining information received from the second base station, receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station, returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the base station when the user terminal camps on the first cell or stays in the second cell, when the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, the base station receives the paging message from the core network, After determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in the cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, and the user terminal receives the Receiving a working mode and receiving a paging message sent by the base station.
  • the user terminal When the user terminal needs to page other user terminals in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirements.
  • the RRC state only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the base station sends the RRC dedicated signaling to the user terminal in the covered cell.
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the base station sends the core network location to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the area identifier and the wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message; the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC.
  • the RRC connection state includes only the user terminal in the cell to which the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state are addressed, and the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier is sent by the RRC dedicated signaling and used for acquiring a second acquisition information of the wake-up signal; wherein the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes repetition period information At least one of offset information and transmission band information.
  • the RRC state only includes the core network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state is turned on, accesses the wireless communication network system, and registers.
  • the user terminal After accessing the wireless communication network system, the user terminal receives the first acquisition information used by the base station to obtain the core network location area identifier and the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal, which is sent by the RRC dedicated signaling; if the base station is in the reservation The uplink data of the user terminal is not received in the time, the base station sends an RRC Connection Release message to the user terminal, and the RRC connection of the user terminal is released, and the user terminal enters the RRC idle state based on the RRC connection release message.
  • the user terminal When the user terminal needs to change the camped cell from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is configured to acquire the core network based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the user is in the first cell.
  • First obtaining information of the location area identifier where the first obtaining information is information obtained by receiving the RRC dedicated signaling sent by the first base station, and receiving, by the second cell, the core network location sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell
  • the area identifier may be specifically based on at least one of the repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission band information, and the modulation and coding mode information included in the first acquisition information, and the repetition in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station
  • the period information, the offset information, the transmission band information, and the modulation and coding mode information are compared. If they are the same, the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station is received.
  • the user terminal determines whether the core network location area identifier of the second cell in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal is based on the second acquisition information that is received by the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal, and the second acquisition information is obtained by receiving the RRC-specific signaling sent by the first base station. And receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station, and returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station; specifically, the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band included in the second acquisition information may be At least one of the information is compared with the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information in the wake-up signal in the core network location area sent by the second base station, and if the information is the same, the wake-up sent by the second base station is received. The user terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list.
  • a second acquisition information where the second acquisition information is information obtained by receiving the RRC dedicated signaling sent by the second base station, and receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station, based on the second acquisition information received from the second base station, And receiving a paging message sent by the second base station, according to the wake-up signal returning to the working mode.
  • the base station when the user terminal camps on the first cell or stays in the second cell, when the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, the base station receives the paging message from the core network, After determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in the cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, and the user terminal receives the Receiving a working mode and receiving a paging message sent by the base station.
  • the user terminal When the user terminal needs to page other user terminals in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirements.
  • the wireless communication network system includes a base station whose RRC state includes an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station include an RRC light connection.
  • State or RRC inactive state the access network location area to which the RRC state includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state belongs to the cell identifier list; the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station, and broadcasts the message.
  • the base station in the wireless communication network system includes, but is not limited to, a base station including an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC light connected state
  • the RRC state includes an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC non-
  • the base station in the active state may further include a base station whose RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state.
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station include an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, but the assumption does not have a limiting effect on other base stations in the wireless communication network system.
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the core network to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the location area identifier, the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC; the cells in the same access network location area adopt the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource direction.
  • the user terminal in the cell sends a wake-up signal indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC inactive state, and the first user obtains the core network location area identifier and the cell identifier, and obtains the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier and the cell identifier.
  • a second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the core network location area and the wake-up signal of the access network location area wherein the first acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, transmission frequency band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • At least one of the second acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information.
  • the base station may send the acquisition information for acquiring the location identifier of the core network and the acquisition information for acquiring the cell identifier by using the broadcast message, and the base station may send the message twice by using the broadcast message.
  • the core network location area identifier and the cell identity that are sent by the base station are connected to the wireless communication network system and are registered.
  • the base station may send the working mode configuration information to the user terminal by using the RRC dedicated signaling, where the working mode configuration information is obtained by the base station based on the working mode decision information including the service delay request information of the user terminal. .
  • the user terminal enters a sleep state based on the working mode configuration information, that is, the power saving mode.
  • the working mode configuration information indicates that the user terminal enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state. If the working mode configuration information indicates that the user terminal enters the RRC idle state, the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC idle state.
  • the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, when the camped cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is based on the first cell.
  • the first acquiring information which is received by the first base station, is used to obtain the cell identifier, and the first acquiring information is obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the first base station, and receiving the second corresponding to the second cell in the second cell.
  • the cell identifier sent by the base station may be based on at least one of the repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission band information, and the modulation and coding mode information included in the first acquisition information, and the cell identifier sent by the second base station.
  • the repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission band information, and the modulation and coding mode information are compared. If they are the same, the cell identifier sent by the second base station is received.
  • the user terminal determines whether the cell identifier sent by the second base station is included in the cell identifier list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal is based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal
  • the second acquisition information is the information obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the first base station
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station; specifically, it may be based on the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information included in the second acquisition information.
  • the terminal comparing the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information in the wake-up signal in the access network cell sent by the second base station, and if yes, receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station;
  • the terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the user terminal updates the cell identifier list based on the cell identifier received from the second base station, and receives second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated cell identifier list, the second obtaining The information obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the second base station, based on the second acquisition information received from the second base station, receives the wake-up signal in the second cell sent by the second base station, and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal. Receiving a paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the user terminal is in the RRC idle state, when the camped cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is used.
  • Receiving the first obtaining information for acquiring the identifier of the core network location area where the first obtaining information is obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the first base station, and the second base station is configured to receive the second base station corresponding to the second cell.
  • the core network location area identifier is determined by the user terminal, and the core network location area identifier of the second cell in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal is based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal
  • the second acquisition information is the information obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the first base station, and receiving
  • the wake-up signal in the core network location area sent by the second base station returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list.
  • the second acquisition information is obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the second base station, and receives the second acquisition information received from the second base station, and receives the location in the core network location area sent by the second base station.
  • the wake-up signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and the paging message sent by the second base station is received.
  • the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state
  • the base station receives the information from the core network or the access network.
  • a paging message after determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in a cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, The user terminal receives and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the base station.
  • the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list or the cell identifier list, and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirement.
  • the access network location area to which the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state belongs to the cell identifier list;
  • the RRC state includes The base station in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state sends the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information and the second acquisition information for acquiring the wakeup signal to the user terminal in the covered cell by using the RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the first obtaining information includes the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier for acquiring the core network location area to which the base station belongs, and the obtaining information for acquiring the cell identifier of the access network location area to which the base station belongs, and the second obtaining information.
  • the method includes: acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the base station belongs, and acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal in an access network location area to which the base station belongs.
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the core network to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the location area identifier, the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC; the cells in the same access network location area adopt the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource direction.
  • the user terminal in the cell sends a wake-up signal indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC-inactive state, and the first user obtains the core network location area identifier and obtains the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier by using the RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the method includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information.
  • the RRC state includes the core network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, accesses the wireless communication network system, and registers.
  • the second acquisition information that is sent by the base station for acquiring the core network location area identifier and the cell identifier first acquisition information and the wake-up signal for acquiring the access network location area is received based on the received information.
  • the foregoing information determines that the user terminal enters a sleep state, that is, a power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state.
  • the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the user terminal is based on the first cell from the first cell.
  • the user terminal determining whether the cell identifier sent by the second base station includes In the cell identity list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the second A paging message sent by the base station.
  • the user terminal updates the cell identity list based on the cell identity received from the second base station, and receives second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated cell identity list, based on the second
  • the second acquisition information received by the base station receives the wake-up signal in the second cell that is sent by the second base station, returns the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the user terminal also needs to update the core network location area identifier list.
  • the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state
  • the base station sends the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station
  • the user terminal in the covered cell sends the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location of the core network through the broadcast message
  • the base station sends the message to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station by using the broadcast message.
  • Acquiring the first acquisition information of the cell identifier where the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes a repetition period. At least one of information, offset information, and transmission band information.
  • the RRC state includes the core network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, accesses the wireless communication network system, and registers.
  • the first acquisition information that is sent by the base station to obtain the identifier of the core network location area is used to obtain the first acquisition information of the cell identifier, and is used to acquire the wake-up signal in the location area of the core network.
  • the second obtaining information determines, according to the received information, that the user terminal enters a sleep state, that is, a power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters an RRC idle state.
  • the user terminal is in the RRC idle state.
  • the user terminal receives the first cell from the first cell corresponding to the first cell.
  • the first acquiring information for obtaining the identifier of the core network location area, the second cell receiving the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and the user terminal determining the core network location area sent by the second base station Whether the identifier is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal receives the wake-up signal in the core network location area sent by the second base station, based on the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station, and returns based on the wake-up signal.
  • the working mode receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list.
  • the second acquiring information, receiving the wake-up signal in the location of the core network that is sent by the second base station, returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state
  • the base station receives the information from the core network or the access network.
  • a paging message after determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in a cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, The user terminal receives and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the base station.
  • the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list or the cell identifier list, and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirement.
  • the access network location area to which the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state belongs to the access network location area identifier;
  • the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, the base station transmits the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information and the second acquisition information for acquiring the wakeup signal to the user terminal in the covered cell by using a broadcast message.
  • the first obtaining information includes the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier for acquiring the core network location area to which the base station belongs, and the obtaining information of the access network location area identifier for acquiring the access network location area to which the base station belongs.
  • the second acquisition information includes acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the base station belongs, and acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in an access network location area to which the base station belongs.
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the core network to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the location area identifier, the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC; the cells in the same access network location area adopt the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource direction.
  • the user terminal in the cell sends an access network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC inactive state, and the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the RRC, and the first information about obtaining the core network location area identifier and the core network location for obtaining the core network location area identifier by using the broadcast message.
  • the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the area the base station sends the first acquisition information for acquiring the location identifier of the access network and the location of the access network by using the broadcast message to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station Second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the area; wherein the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes At least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information.
  • the RRC state includes the core network location area identifier or the access network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, and accesses the wireless communication network system. Sign up.
  • the base station may send the working mode configuration information to the user terminal by using the RRC dedicated signaling, where the working mode configuration information is obtained by the base station based on the working mode decision information including the service delay request information of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal enters a sleep state based on the working mode configuration information, that is, the power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the user terminal is based on the first cell from the first cell.
  • the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the second A paging message sent by the base station.
  • the second acquisition information includes acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in the location area of the access network.
  • the user terminal updates the access network location area identifier list based on the access network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the updated access network location area identifier list from the second base station for acquiring.
  • the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal based on the second acquisition information received from the second base station, receives the wake-up signal in the second cell that is sent by the second base station, returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and sends the second base station to send the Page message.
  • the user terminal also needs to update the core network location area identifier list.
  • the RRC state includes the core network location area identifier or the access network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, and accesses the wireless communication network system. Sign up.
  • the base station may send the working mode configuration information to the user terminal by using the RRC dedicated signaling, where the working mode configuration information is obtained by the base station based on the working mode decision information including the service delay request information of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal enters a sleep state based on the working mode configuration information, that is, the power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC idle state.
  • the user terminal is in the RRC idle state.
  • the user terminal receives the first cell from the first cell corresponding to the first cell.
  • the first acquiring information for obtaining the identifier of the core network location area, the second cell receiving the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and the user terminal determining the core network location area sent by the second base station Whether the identifier is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location of the core network, and returns based on the wake-up signal.
  • the working mode receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list.
  • the second acquiring information based on the second obtaining information received from the second base station, receiving the wake-up signal in the second cell sent by the second base station, returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receiving the paging sent by the second base station Message. If no, if the access network location area is updated, the user terminal also needs to update the access network location area identifier list.
  • the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state
  • the base station receives the information from the core network or the access network.
  • a paging message after determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in a cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, The user terminal receives and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the base station.
  • the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list or the access network location area identifier list, and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirement.
  • the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state
  • the base station transmits the RRC dedicated signaling to the user terminal in the covered cell. Sending first acquisition information for acquiring network location information and second acquisition information for acquiring a wakeup signal.
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the core network to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the location area identifier, the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC; the cells in the same access network location area adopt the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource direction.
  • the user terminal in the cell sends an access network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC-inactive state, and the first user obtains the core network location area identifier and obtains the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier by using the RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the base station sends the first acquisition information for obtaining the identifier of the location area of the access network through the RRC dedicated signaling to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station Obtaining second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location area of the access network; where the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; The second acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information.
  • the RRC state includes the core network location area identifier or the access network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, and accesses the wireless communication network system. Sign up. After the access to the wireless communication network system, the first acquisition information that is sent by the base station to obtain the identifier of the core network location area is used to obtain the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location of the core network, and is used to acquire the access information.
  • the first obtaining information of the network location area identifier and the second obtaining information for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location area of the access network determining, according to the received information, that the user terminal enters a sleep state, that is, a power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters RRC light connection state or RRC inactive state.
  • the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the user terminal is based on the first cell from the first cell.
  • the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location of the access network, based on the wake-up signal.
  • the second acquisition information is acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in an area of the access network.
  • the user terminal updates the access network location area identifier list based on the access network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the updated access network location area identifier list from the second base station for acquiring.
  • the second acquiring information of the wake-up signal in the location area of the access network receives the wake-up signal in the second cell sent by the second base station based on the second acquiring information received from the second base station, and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives a paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the user terminal also needs to update the core network location area identifier list.
  • the RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC-inactive state, and the first user obtains the core network location area identifier and obtains the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier by using the RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location of the core network the base station sends the first acquisition information for obtaining the identifier of the location area of the access network by using the RRC dedicated signaling to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information. At least one of them.
  • the RRC state includes the core network location area identifier or the access network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, and accesses the wireless communication network system. Sign up. After the access to the wireless communication network system, the first acquisition information that is sent by the base station to obtain the identifier of the core network location area is used to obtain the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location of the core network, and is used for acquiring access. The first acquiring information of the network location area identifier determines that the user terminal enters a sleep state based on the received information, that is, the power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC idle state.
  • the user terminal is in the RRC idle state.
  • the user terminal receives the first cell from the first cell corresponding to the first cell.
  • the first acquiring information for obtaining the identifier of the core network location area, the second cell receiving the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and the user terminal determining the core network location area sent by the second base station Whether the identifier is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location of the core network, and returns based on the wake-up signal.
  • the working mode receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the second acquisition information is acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in a location of a core network.
  • the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the access network from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list.
  • the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location area receives the wake-up signal in the second cell sent by the second base station, and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, based on the second acquisition information received from the second base station, and receives the A paging message sent by the second base station.
  • the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state
  • the base station receives the information from the core network or the access network.
  • a paging message after determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in a cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, The user terminal receives and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the base station.
  • the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list or the access network location area identifier list, and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirement.
  • the base station in the wireless communication network system the user terminal in the covered cell passes the working mode configuration information delivered by the RRC dedicated signaling, so that the user terminal determines whether the working mode is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode.
  • the user terminal accesses the wireless communication network system for the first time, and the service delay requirement is low. If the base station determines that a user terminal in the cell covered by the base station can enter the power saving mode, the base station uses the working mode configuration information delivered by the RRC proprietary signaling. After receiving the working mode configuration information, the user terminal determines to leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information, and enters the power saving mode. The base station determines that the user terminal can enter the power saving mode, and specifically, the base station determines that the user terminal has completed the access network location area update, or the base station determines that the user terminal has completed the routing area update.
  • the user terminal accesses the wireless communication network system again, and the service delay requirement becomes high.
  • the base station generates working mode configuration information based on the working mode decision information including the service delay request information of the user terminal, and uses the RRC proprietary signaling to perform the working mode.
  • the configuration information is sent to the user terminal, and the user terminal determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information.
  • the working mode decision information may further include information that the base station determines that the user terminal has completed the access network location area update and/or the base station determines that the user terminal has completed the routing area update.
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends the network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal In the case of indicating that the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, in a process in which the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell, if the first cell and the second cell are in the same location area, the user terminal The first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information is read from the second base station corresponding to the second cell, and is not based on the second base station, and is used to obtain the network location based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell.
  • the first acquiring information of the information, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell is received by the second cell, and the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information is included in the network location identifier list of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal does not need to consume power to read the second acquisition signal for acquiring the wake-up signal from the second base station corresponding to the second cell.
  • the user terminal Directly based upon the first cell received from the first base station to obtain information for obtaining a second wake-up signal, based on the received wake-up signal sent by the second base station, the user terminal receives the paging wake-up message.
  • the user terminal can save power in the process of camping the cell change; on the other hand, the user terminal can also update the network location identifier list based on the network location information sent by the second base station to ensure that the user terminal normally receives the search. Calling messages and achieving business reachability.
  • An embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal is provided in the embodiment of the present invention, and the embodiment of the present invention further provides an embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal power saving device is applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, and the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource to the covered cell.
  • the user terminal sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the user terminal is a user terminal in the foregoing method for saving power of the user terminal. For a description of the type of the user terminal, refer to the related description in the foregoing embodiment of the power saving method of the user terminal, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a power saving device for a user terminal provided by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user terminal power saving device is an implementation form of the power saving method of the user terminal, and has a plurality of functional modules, which may be a program module or a logic circuit module.
  • the user terminal power saving device 100 includes: a network location information acquiring module 110, a network location identifier determining module 120, and a user terminal waking module 130. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, network location information is obtained.
  • the module 110, the network location identifier determining module 120, and the user terminal wake-up module 130 may be implemented by logic circuits, and may be partially or fully integrated into a hardware processor, and the hardware terminal is used according to the foregoing terminal-side user terminal.
  • the processing flow of any one of the embodiments of the power saving method organizes the work of the related functional modules. among them:
  • the network location information acquiring module 110 is configured to: when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell, based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell in the first cell Receiving the first acquiring information for acquiring the network location information, and receiving the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell in the second cell;
  • the network location identifier determining module 120 is configured to determine whether the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in the network location identifier list of the user terminal;
  • the user terminal wake-up module 130 is configured to receive the wake-up sent by the second base station based on the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station when the first cell is YES. The signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  • the device further includes: at least based on the obtaining the first obtaining information and the second obtaining information, in a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal of the present invention, the device further includes:
  • the first acquiring information acquiring module 140 is configured to send, by the first cell, the first base station, by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling, when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell.
  • the second acquisition information acquiring module 150 is configured to: when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, receive, by the first cell, the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC proprietary The second acquisition information delivered by the signaling.
  • the device further includes:
  • the working mode determining module 160 is configured to: when the user terminal resides in the first cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station, and determines whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the operating mode configuration information. Entering or leaving the working mode; and when the user terminal camps on the second cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the second base station, and determines, according to the working mode configuration information, Whether to enter or leave the working mode; wherein the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection.
  • the RRC inactive state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or
  • the base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource.
  • Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is included in the user terminal.
  • the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • the user terminal power saving device embodiment provided by the embodiment of the present invention having multiple functional modules can be correspondingly obtained.
  • the user terminal power saving device is applied to a network side device.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a power saving device for a user terminal provided by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user terminal power saving device is applied to a network side device.
  • the user terminal power saving device is an implementation form of the network terminal-based user terminal power saving method, and has a plurality of functional modules, which may be a program module or a logic circuit module.
  • the user terminal power saving device 200 includes: a system information sending module 210, an obtaining information sending module 220, and in the embodiment of the present invention, the system information is sent by the module 210, and the information is obtained.
  • the sending module 220 can be implemented by a logic circuit, and can be partially or completely integrated into a hardware processor, and processed by the hardware processor according to any one of the foregoing embodiments of the network side-based user terminal power saving method embodiment. Process to organize the work of related functional modules. among them:
  • the system information sending module 210 is configured to send network location information to the user terminal in the cell covered by the base station in the same location area, and to indicate that the user terminal has paging, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the wake-up signal of the message is configured to send network location information to the user terminal in the cell covered by the base station in the same location area, and to indicate that the user terminal has paging, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the obtaining information sending module 220 is configured to send, to the user terminal in the cell covered by the base station, first obtaining information for acquiring network location information and second obtaining information for acquiring a wake-up signal, so that the user
  • the terminal may be configured to acquire the first location of the network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell.
  • the second base station can be sent according to the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station when the first cell is received.
  • the wake-up signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  • the obtaining information sending module is further used in the possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal in the network side, based on the obtaining of the first obtaining information and the second obtaining information.
  • the method is configured to send the first acquiring information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling;
  • the second acquiring information is sent to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the device further includes: based on the at least one of the operating modes of the user terminal and the service delay of the user terminal, the device further includes:
  • the working mode configuration information sending module 230 is configured to send working mode configuration information to the user terminal when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, so that the user terminal can be based on the The working mode configuration information determines whether to enter or leave the working mode;
  • the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, configured to send working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether to enter or leave based on the working mode configuration information.
  • the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  • the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state.
  • the RRC idle state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection.
  • the RRC inactive state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and uses the indication based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell.
  • the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  • the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • An embodiment of the user terminal is further provided in the embodiment of the present invention, based on the application of the embodiment of the power saving method of the user terminal provided by the terminal side.
  • the user terminal is a user terminal provided in the foregoing embodiment of the present invention, which is obtained by using the user terminal power saving method based on the terminal side or the user terminal power saving device based on the terminal side applied to the user terminal in the wireless communication network system.
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate that the user terminal has The wake-up signal of the paging message.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user terminal is a user terminal in the foregoing method for saving power of the user terminal.
  • For a description of the type of the user terminal refer to the related description in the foregoing embodiment of the power saving method of the user terminal, and details are not described herein again.
  • the user terminal 300 includes a bus 330, at least one processor 310 coupled to the bus 330, and a memory 320 in communication with at least one processor 310.
  • the memory 320 stores instructions executable by the at least one processor 310, the instructions being executed by the at least one processor 310 to perform the following steps when executing the instructions:
  • the method for acquiring network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell Receiving, by the second cell, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell in the second cell;
  • the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information.
  • the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  • At least one processor 310 further performs the following steps when performing the instruction, at least one processor 310 in the possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the user terminal of the present invention, based on the obtaining of the first acquisition information and the second acquisition information.
  • the first cell Receiving, by the first cell, the first acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling;
  • At least one processor 310 performs the following steps when executing the instruction, at least based on the compatibility of the operating mode of the user terminal with the user terminal service delay requirement:
  • the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station by using the RRC dedicated signaling, determining, according to the working mode configuration information, whether to enter or leave the working mode; the working mode configuration information is the The first base station is obtained based on the working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay request information.
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state
  • the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection.
  • the RRC inactive state the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource.
  • the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
  • the RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources.
  • the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or
  • the base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource.
  • Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is included in the user terminal.
  • the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
  • the network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  • the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
  • the second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
  • the network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
  • the network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
  • the wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  • the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  • the access network location identifier is a cell identifier
  • the access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  • the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends the network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource, and is used for In the case that the user terminal has the wake-up signal of the paging message, in the process that the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell, if the first cell and the second cell are in the same location area, the user terminal does not need to be
  • the first power acquisition information for acquiring the network location information is read from the second base station corresponding to the second cell, and is based on the repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission frequency band information, and the modulation and coding mode information included in the first acquisition information.
  • At least one of the second base station corresponding to the second cell is sent by the second cell that is received by the first cell corresponding to the first cell in the first cell to obtain the network location information.
  • Network location information; the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information includes the network location identifier of the user terminal
  • the user terminal does not need to consume power to read second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal from the second base station corresponding to the second cell, based on the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band included in the second acquisition information.
  • At least one of the information is received by the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station, and is received by the second base station, and wakes up the user terminal to receive the paging message. .
  • the user terminal can save power in the process of camping the cell change; on the other hand, the user terminal can also update the network location identifier list based on the network location information sent by the second base station to ensure that the user terminal normally receives the search. Calling messages and achieving business reachability.
  • the user terminal can determine whether to enter or leave the working mode according to the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station or the second base station through the RRC dedicated signaling, thereby implementing the service requirement and the working mode. Match.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.

Abstract

Disclosed are a power-saving method for a user terminal and a device, for resolving a problem in the prior art in which changing a resident cell of a user terminal leads to relatively large power consumption. The method comprises: in the process of changing the resident cell of a user terminal from a first cell to a second cell, the user terminal, when in the first cell, receiving first acquisition information from a first base station corresponding to a first cell for acquiring network location information, and when in the second cell, receiving network location information issued by a second base station corresponding to a second cell; the user terminal determining whether a network location identifier for the second cell in the network location information issued by the second base station is included in a list of network location identifiers of the user terminal; and if so, the user terminal receiving, based on second acquisition information received while in the first cell from the first base station for acquiring a wake-up signal, a wake-up signal issued by the second base station, so as to return to an operating state based on the wake-up signal and to receive a paging message.

Description

一种用户终端省电方法、装置User terminal power saving method and device
本申请要求在2017年3月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710210660.6、发明名称为“一种用户终端省电方法、装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application filed on March 31, 2017, the Chinese Patent Application No. 201710210660.6, entitled "A User Terminal Power Saving Method, Apparatus", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In the application.
技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种用户终端省电方法、装置。The present invention relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a power saving method and apparatus for a user terminal.
背景技术Background technique
随着无线网络通信技术的发展,无线通信网络系统中的用户终端类型及用户终端所承载的业务类型越来越多样化。在确保无线通信网络系统中的用户终端业务可达的情况下,现有技术通过用户终端唤醒机制减少无线网络资源的无谓占用和降低用户终端的耗电量。With the development of wireless network communication technologies, the types of user terminals and the types of services carried by user terminals in wireless communication network systems are increasingly diverse. In the case of ensuring that the user terminal service in the wireless communication network system is reachable, the prior art reduces the unnecessary occupation of the wireless network resource and reduces the power consumption of the user terminal by the user terminal wake-up mechanism.
用户终端唤醒机制,是指处于工作状态的用户终端在预定时间内没有进行数据收发,用户终端进入耗电量极低的睡眠状态,处于睡眠状态的用户终端能够监听其驻留小区对应的基站下发的唤醒信号;当用户终端驻留小区对应的基站需要向所述用户终端下发数据时,基站向用户终端下发唤醒信号,用户终端监听并接收唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号从睡眠状态返回工作状态,启动通信模块与基站通信,接收基站下发的数据,当然用户终端也可以向基站发送数据。如果用户终端在预定时间内没有收发数据,用户终端再次进入睡眠状态。The user terminal wake-up mechanism means that the user terminal in the working state does not perform data transmission and reception within a predetermined time, the user terminal enters a sleep state in which the power consumption is extremely low, and the user terminal in the sleep state can listen to the base station corresponding to the resident cell. The wake-up signal is sent; when the base station corresponding to the cell of the user terminal needs to send data to the user terminal, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal, and the user terminal monitors and receives the wake-up signal, and returns from the sleep state based on the wake-up signal. In the state, the communication module is started to communicate with the base station, and the data sent by the base station is received. Of course, the user terminal can also send data to the base station. If the user terminal does not send and receive data within a predetermined time, the user terminal enters the sleep state again.
然而,发明人在实现本发明实施例中的技术方案的过程中发现,现有无线网络通信系统中的用户终端的唤醒机制至少存在如下技术问题:However, the inventor has found that the wake-up mechanism of the user terminal in the existing wireless network communication system has at least the following technical problems in the process of implementing the technical solution in the embodiment of the present invention:
在用户终端通过小区选择或重选更换驻留小区时,需要读取无线通信网络系统信息,完成与基站通信连接所需的无线通信网络系统信息的更新,以 使用户终端能够接收寻呼消息,实现业务可达。但,读取无线通信网络系统信息会导致用户终端消耗较多的电量。When the user terminal replaces the resident cell by cell selection or reselection, the wireless communication network system information needs to be read, and the update of the wireless communication network system information required for the communication connection with the base station is completed, so that the user terminal can receive the paging message. Achieve business reachability. However, reading the wireless communication network system information may cause the user terminal to consume more power.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本发明实施例提供了一种用户终端省电方法、装置,用以解决现有技术中用户终端更换驻留小区时会消耗掉较多的电量的缺陷,实现在驻留小区变更过程中,分别基于第一小区接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息分别实现小区驻留和接收唤醒信号唤醒用户终端接收寻呼消息,从而在驻留小区变更过程中省去用于从第二基站获取第一获取信息和第二获取信息电量消耗,实现用户终端省电。In view of the above, the embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for saving power of a user terminal, which are used to solve the defect that a user terminal consumes a large amount of power when replacing a resident cell in the prior art, and implements a change in the resident cell. In the process, the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information received by the first cell and the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal respectively respectively implement the cell camping and the receiving wake-up signal to wake up the user terminal to receive the paging message, thereby In the process of changing the camping cell, the first acquisition information and the second acquisition information power consumption are obtained from the second base station, and the user terminal is saved.
本发明实施例中采用的技术方案如下:The technical solutions adopted in the embodiments of the present invention are as follows:
第一方面,本发明实施例中提供一种用户终端省电方法,应用于无线通信网络系统中的用户终端,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述方法包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user terminal power saving method, which is applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, where base stations in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be based on the same transmission mode and time. The frequency resource sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message to the user terminal in the covered cell; the method includes:
在所述用户终端的驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,所述用户终端基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;In the process of changing the camping cell of the user terminal from the first cell to the second cell, the user terminal is configured to acquire according to the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is used. The first acquiring information of the network location information, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell is received by the second cell;
所述用户终端判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识是否包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中;Determining, by the user terminal, whether a network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
在为是时,所述用户终端基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;In the case of YES, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information used to acquire the wake-up signal received by the first base station in the first cell, based on the wake-up Returning to the working mode, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station;
其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信 息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
可能的实施方式中,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the method further includes:
所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令下发的所述第一获取信息;Receiving, by the user equipment, the first acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling, in the first cell;
所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过所述广播消息或所述RRC专有信令下发的所述第二获取信息。The user terminal receives, in the first cell, the second acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC dedicated signaling.
可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站或在所述第二小区接收所述第二基站通过RRC专有信令下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。Receiving, by the user equipment, the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station or the second cell in the second cell by using the RRC dedicated signaling, based on the working mode configuration information. Determining whether to enter or leave the working mode; wherein the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state. And the RRC idle state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection. Or the RRC inactive state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. And the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or The base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource. Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state, the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
第二方面,本发明实施例中提供一种用户终端省电装置,应用于无线通信网络系统中的用户终端,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述装置包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user terminal power saving device, which is applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, where base stations in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be based on the same transmission mode and time. The frequency resource sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message to the user terminal in the covered cell; the device includes:
网络位置信息获取模块,用于在所述用户终端的驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所 述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;a network location information acquiring module, configured to receive, according to the first cell corresponding to the first cell, the first cell when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell Receiving, by the second cell, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell, where the first location information is used to obtain the network location information;
网络位置标识判断模块,用于判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识是否包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中;a network location identifier determining module, configured to determine whether a network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
用户终端唤醒模块,用于在为是时,基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;a user terminal wake-up module, configured to receive a wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received by the first base station when the first cell is Receiving a working mode according to the wake-up signal, and receiving a paging message sent by the second base station;
其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
可能的实施方式中,所述装置还包括:In a possible implementation, the device further includes:
第一获取信息获取模块,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令下发的所述第一获取信息;a first acquiring information acquiring module, configured to receive, by the first cell, the first base station, by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling, when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell The first acquisition information;
第二获取信息获取模块,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过所述广播消息或所述RRC专有信令下发的所述第二获取信息。a second acquiring information acquiring module, configured to receive, by the first base station, the broadcast message or the RRC proprietary message when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell The second acquired information that is issued.
可能的实施方式中,所述装置还包括:In a possible implementation, the device further includes:
工作模式确定模块,用于当所述用户终端驻留在所述第一小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第一基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;以及用于当所述用户终端驻留在所述第二小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第二基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。a working mode determining module, configured to: when the user terminal resides in the first cell, the user terminal receives working mode configuration information sent by the first base station, and determines whether to enter based on the working mode configuration information. Or leaving the working mode; and when the user terminal is camped on the second cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the second base station, and determines whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the operating mode configuration information. Entering or leaving the working mode; wherein the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC 状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state. And the RRC idle state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection. Or the RRC inactive state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于 相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. And the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or The base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource. Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state, the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位 置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
第三方面,本发明实施例中提供一种用户终端包括:In a third aspect, a user terminal provided in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
至少一个处理器;以及,At least one processor; and,
与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器;其中,a memory communicatively coupled to the at least one processor; wherein
所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述指令被所述至少一个处理器执行,以使所述至少一个处理器能够执行前述的用户终端省电方法。The memory stores instructions executable by the at least one processor, the instructions being executed by the at least one processor to enable the at least one processor to perform the aforementioned user terminal power saving method.
第四方面,本发明实施例中提供一种用户终端省电方法,应用于网络侧设备,所述方法包括:In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a power saving method for a user terminal, which is applied to a network side device, where the method includes:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and indicates that the user terminal has a paging based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The wake-up signal of the message;
所述基站向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,以使所述用户终端在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;以及判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;Transmitting, by the base station, first acquiring information for acquiring network location information and second acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal, to the user terminal in the covered cell, so that the user terminal is in a camping cell In the process of changing the first cell to the second cell, the first acquiring information for acquiring network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is changed, in the The second cell receives the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and determines that the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in the user terminal. When the network location identifier list is used, the wake-up signal sent by the second base station can be received based on the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, based on the wake-up Returning to the working mode, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station;
其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信 息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
可能的实施方式中,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the method further includes:
所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发第一获取信息;Transmitting, by the first base station, the first acquiring information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling;
所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发所述第二获取信息。The first base station sends the second acquisition information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,所述第一基站向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the first base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第二小区时,所述第二基站向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, the second base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state. And the RRC idle state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection. Or the RRC inactive state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and uses the indication based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell. Or the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
可能的实施方式中,In a possible implementation,
如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;If the user terminal is in the RRC idle state, the first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括:核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
第五方面,本发明实施例中提供一种用户终端省电装置,应用于网络侧设备,所述装置包括:In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a power saving device for a user terminal, which is applied to a network side device, where the device includes:
系统信息下发模块,用于基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向同一位置 区的基站覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;a system information sending module, configured to send network location information to the user terminal in a cell covered by a base station in the same location area, and to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource Wake-up signal;
获取信息下发模块,用于向基站覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,以使所述用户终端在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;以及判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;Obtaining an information sending module, configured to send, to the user terminal in a cell covered by the base station, first obtaining information for acquiring network location information and second obtaining information for acquiring a wake-up signal, so that the user terminal In the process of changing the camping cell from the first cell to the second cell, the first acquiring information for acquiring network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is received And receiving, by the second cell, the network location information that is sent by the second base station that is corresponding to the second cell; and determining that the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information that is sent by the second base station includes When the network location identifier list of the user terminal is used, the second base station that is sent by the second base station can be received based on the second acquisition information that is received by the first base station and used to acquire the wake-up signal. The wake-up signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station;
其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
可能的实施方式中,所述获取信息下发模块,还用于在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发第一获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, the acquiring information sending module is further configured to: when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, used to send the message to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling. Deliver the first acquisition information;
以及还用于在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发所述第二获取信息。And when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the second acquiring information is sent to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
可能的实施方式中,所述装置还包括:In a possible implementation, the device further includes:
工作模式配置信息下发模块,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;以及a working mode configuration information sending module, configured to send working mode configuration information to the user terminal when the resident cell of the user terminal is the first cell, so that the user terminal can be based on the working Mode configuration information determines whether to enter or leave the work mode;
在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第二小区时,用于向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;And when the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, configured to send working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether to enter or leave based on the working mode configuration information. Operating mode;
其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state. And the RRC idle state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection. Or the RRC inactive state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and uses the indication based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻 连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell. Or the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state, the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括:核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标 识列表;The network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
基于上述技术方案,本发明实施例中的用户终端省电方法、装置,无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号的情况下,在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,如果第一小区和第二小区处于同一位置区,用户终端不需要消耗电量从第二小区对应的第二基站读取用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,直接基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;在网络位置信息中的第二小区的网络位置标识包含在用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,用户终端不需要消耗电量从第二小区对应的第二基站读取用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,直接基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收并基于第二基站下发的唤醒信号,唤醒用户终端接收寻呼消息。如此,一方面,实现用户终端在驻留小区变更的过程中省电;另一方面,用户终端还可基于第二基站下发的网络位置信息进行网络位置标识列表更新,确保用户终端正常接收寻呼消息和实现业务可达。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the user terminal power saving method and apparatus in the embodiment of the present invention, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource to the user terminal in the covered cell In the case that the network location information is sent and the wake-up signal is used to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, in the process of changing the camping cell from the first cell to the second cell, if the first cell and the second cell are in In the same location area, the user terminal does not need to consume power to read the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information from the second base station corresponding to the second cell, and directly receives the first base station corresponding to the first cell according to the first cell. The first location information used to obtain the network location information, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell is received by the second cell, and the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information is included in the user terminal. When the network location identifies the list, the user terminal does not need to consume power to read from the second base station corresponding to the second cell for acquisition. The second acquisition information of the wake-up signal is directly received based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, and is received based on the wake-up signal sent by the second base station to wake up the user terminal to receive the paging. Message. In this way, on the one hand, the user terminal can save power in the process of camping the cell change; on the other hand, the user terminal can also update the network location identifier list based on the network location information sent by the second base station to ensure that the user terminal normally receives the search. Calling messages and achieving business reachability.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description It is a certain embodiment of the present invention, and other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any creative work.
图1示出了本发明实施例中基于终端侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法的流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a power saving method of a user terminal provided by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2示出了本发明实施例中基于网络侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a power saving method for a user terminal provided by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3示出了本发明实施例中基于终端侧提供的一种用户终端省电装置的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a power saving device of a user terminal provided by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4示出了本发明实施例中基于网络侧提供的一种用户终端省电装置的结构示意图;4 is a schematic structural diagram of a power saving device for a user terminal provided by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5示出了本发明实施例中提供的一种用户终端的结构示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
为了便于清楚、完整地理解本发明实施例的技术方案,下面对本发明实施例中所涉及的术语进行说明。In order to facilitate a clear and complete understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the terms involved in the embodiments of the present invention are described below.
术语“位置区”(Location Area,LA),是指在无线通信系统中为寻呼而设置的一个区域,其对应一片地理区域,具体可以按行政区域划分得到,具体也可以按寻呼量划分得到,其是CS(Circuit Switched,电路交换)寻呼的 最小单位;一个位置区可以包含一个或多个小区。位置区标识LAI,是指用户终端在不更新无线通信系统中的拜访位置寄存器的情况下可以自由移动的区域。位置区标识LAI,由MCC(Mobile Country Code,移动国家码)、MNC(Mobile Network Code,移动网络号码)和LAC(Location Area Code,位置区域码)组成;对于CS域业务,核心网(Core Network,CN)使用LAI识别非RCC连接态的用户终端。The term "Location Area" (LA) refers to an area set for paging in a wireless communication system, which corresponds to a geographical area, and can be specifically divided into administrative areas, and can also be divided according to paging quantity. It is obtained that it is the smallest unit of CS (Circuit Switched) paging; one location area may contain one or more cells. The location area identifier LAI refers to an area in which the user terminal can freely move without updating the visitor location register in the wireless communication system. The location area identifier LAI is composed of MCC (Mobile Country Code), MNC (Mobile Network Code), and LAC (Location Area Code). For CS domain services, Core Network (Core Network) , CN) Use LAI to identify user terminals that are not in the RCC connected state.
现有技术中,用户终端通过小区选择或重选更换驻留小区时,需要读取无线通信网络系统信息,完成与基站通信连接所需的无线通信网络系统信息的更新,以使用户终端能够接收寻呼消息,实现业务可达。但,读取无线通信网络系统信息会导致用户终端消耗较多的电量。In the prior art, when the user terminal replaces the resident cell by cell selection or reselection, it is required to read the wireless communication network system information, complete the update of the wireless communication network system information required for the communication connection with the base station, so that the user terminal can receive Paging messages to achieve service reachability. However, reading the wireless communication network system information may cause the user terminal to consume more power.
发明人在实现本发明实施例中的技术方案的过程中发现,之所以用户终端的驻留小区从原小区更换为新小区时会消耗较多的电量,并非由于获得无线通信网络系统信息一定需要消耗较多的电量,真实原因是,用户终端接收新小区对应的基站下发的用于获取无线通信网络系统信息的获取信息需要消耗较多的电量。In the process of implementing the technical solution in the embodiment of the present invention, the inventor finds that the resident cell of the user terminal consumes a large amount of power when changing from the original cell to the new cell, which is not necessarily required for obtaining the wireless communication network system information. The real reason is that the user terminal needs to consume more power when receiving the acquisition information sent by the base station corresponding to the new cell for acquiring the wireless communication network system information.
发明人在研究中发现,用户终端的驻留小区从原小区更换为新小区时,并非一定要从新小区对应的基站接收用于获取无线通信网络系统信息的获取信息,如果原小区和新小区处于同一核心网位置区或者同一接入网位置区,那么可基于用户终端在原小区时从原小区对应的基站接收的用于获取无线通信网络系统信息的获取信息,在新小区接收新小区对应的基站下发的无线通信网络系统信息的获取信息。The inventor found that when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the original cell to the new cell, it is not necessary to receive the acquiring information for acquiring the information of the wireless communication network system from the base station corresponding to the new cell, if the original cell and the new cell are in The same core network location area or the same access network location area may be used to acquire the information of the wireless communication network system information received by the base station corresponding to the original cell when the user terminal is in the original cell, and receive the base station corresponding to the new cell in the new cell. Information about the acquisition of wireless communication network system information.
发明人基于上述认识,提供一种用户终端省电方法、装置设备。Based on the above knowledge, the inventors provide a power saving method and device for a user terminal.
图1示出了本发明实施例中基于终端侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法的流程示意图。所述用户终端省电方法,具体可以应用于无线通信网络系统中的用户终端,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。其中,所述相同的传输方式 和时频资源是指采用相同的调制编码方式、重复周期、偏移、传输频带进行数据传输。FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a power saving method of a user terminal provided by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user terminal power saving method may be specifically applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, and the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be used in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The user terminal sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message. The same transmission mode and time-frequency resource refer to data transmission using the same modulation and coding mode, repetition period, offset, and transmission frequency band.
在本发明实施例中,所述无线通信网络系统,具体可以是LTE(Long Term Evolution,长期演进)系统、NR(Next Generation Radio Access Technology,下一代无线接入技术)系统。In the embodiment of the present invention, the wireless communication network system may be an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system or an NR (Next Generation Radio Access Technology) system.
其中,LTE系统中的基站的RRC状态,具体可以仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,也可以包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC轻连接态;NR系统中的基站的RRC状态,具体可以仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,也可以包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态。The RRC state of the base station in the LTE system may include only the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, and may also include an RRC connection state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC light connection state; and an RRC state of the base station in the NR system, specifically The RRC connected state and the RRC idle state are included, and may also include an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state.
LTE系统中的用户终端(User Equipment,UE)的RRC状态包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC轻连接态;在LTE系统中,只有当用户终端的RRC状态为RRC连接态时,用户终端才能向与其通信连接的基站发送上行数据,如果基站在预定时间内没有收到用户终端的上行数据,基站向用户终端发送RRC连接释放(RRC Connection Release)消息,释放用户终端的RRC连接,使用户终端进入RRC空闲态或RRC轻连接态。当用户终端处于RRC空闲态或RRC轻连接态时,用户终端监听基站下发的用于指示用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,在收到唤醒信号后,用户终端基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,启动通信模块与基站通信,接收基站下发的寻呼消息。The RRC state of the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) in the LTE system includes an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC light connected state. In the LTE system, only when the RRC state of the user terminal is the RRC connected state, the user terminal can Sending uplink data to the base station that is in communication with the base station. If the base station does not receive the uplink data of the user terminal within a predetermined time, the base station sends an RRC Connection Release message to the user terminal, releasing the RRC connection of the user terminal, and enabling the user terminal. Enter RRC idle state or RRC light connection state. When the user terminal is in the RRC idle state or the RRC light connection state, the user terminal listens to the wake-up signal sent by the base station to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, and after receiving the wake-up signal, the user terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal. The communication module is started to communicate with the base station, and receives a paging message sent by the base station.
NR系统中的用户终端的RRC状态包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态;在NR系统中,只有当用户终端的RRC状态为RRC连接态时,用户终端才能向与其通信连接的基站发送上行数据,如果基站在预定时间内没有收到用户终端的上行数据,基站向用户终端发送RRC连接释放(RRC Connection Release)消息,释放用户终端的RRC连接,使用户终端进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态。当用户终端处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态时,用户终端监听基站下发的用于指示用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,在收到唤醒信号后,用户终端基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,启动通信模块与基站通信,接收基站下发的寻呼消息。NR系统中的用户终端处于RRC非激活态时, 可以接收来自核心网和RAN(Radio Access Network,无线接入网络)的寻呼消息。The RRC state of the user terminal in the NR system includes an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state. In the NR system, only when the RRC state of the user terminal is the RRC connected state, the user terminal can connect to the base station that is communicatively connected thereto. Sending the uplink data, if the base station does not receive the uplink data of the user terminal within the predetermined time, the base station sends an RRC Connection Release message to the user terminal, releasing the RRC connection of the user terminal, and causing the user terminal to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC. Inactive state. When the user terminal is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the user terminal listens to the wake-up signal sent by the base station to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, and after receiving the wake-up signal, the user terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal. The communication module is started to communicate with the base station, and receives a paging message sent by the base station. When the user terminal in the NR system is in the RRC inactive state, it can receive paging messages from the core network and the RAN (Radio Access Network).
所述用户终端可以是具有无线通信功能的向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,其具体可以是具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(例如,RAN,Radio Access Network)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,PCS(Personal Communication Service,个人通信业务)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、WLL(Wireless Local Loop,无线本地环路)站、PDA(Personal Digital Assistant,个人数字助理)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device)、或用户装备(User Equipment)。The user terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user with wireless communication functionality, which may specifically be a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or other processing device connected to the wireless modem. The wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and with a mobile terminal The computers, for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network. For example, PCS (Personal Communication Service) telephone, cordless telephone, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) telephone, WLL (Wireless Local Loop) station, PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), etc. . A wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point. Remote Terminal, Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
还应理解,在本发明实施例中,用户终端可称之为终端(Terminal)、移动台(Mobile Station,简称为“MS”)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)等,该用户终端可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,简称为“RAN”)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,用户终端可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有移动终端的计算机等,例如,用户终端还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语音和/或数据。It should also be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the user terminal may be referred to as a terminal, a mobile station (Mobile Station, abbreviated as "MS"), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., and the user terminal may be connected by wireless. The Radio Access Network (Radio Access Network, referred to as "RAN") communicates with one or more core networks. For example, the user terminal may be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example, The user terminal can also be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that exchanges voice and/or data with the wireless access network.
基站(例如,接入点)可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。A base station (e.g., an access point) can refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal over one or more sectors over an air interface. The base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network. The base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
还应理解,在本发明实施例中,基站,可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolved Node B,简称为“eNB”或“e-NodeB”),还可以是NR中的基站,本发明实施例对此并不作限定。It should also be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the base station may be an evolved Node B ("eNB" or "e-NodeB") in the LTE, or may be a base station in the NR. This example is not limited.
现参照图1所示,本发明实施例中基于终端侧的用户终端省电的过程如下:Referring to FIG. 1 , the process of power saving of the user terminal based on the terminal side in the embodiment of the present invention is as follows:
S110,在所述用户终端的驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,所述用户终端基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;S110. The user terminal receives, according to the first cell corresponding to the first cell, when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell. Receiving the first location information of the network location information, and receiving the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell in the second cell, where the first acquisition information includes the repetition period information and the partial At least one of shift information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information;
S120,所述用户终端判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识是否包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中;S120, the user terminal determines whether the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
S130,在为是时,所述用户终端基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;其中,所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。S130, when YES, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station according to the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received by the first base station in the first cell, And receiving the paging message sent by the second base station, where the second acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band information.
在本发明基于终端侧的用户终端省电方法实施例中,无线通信网络系统中的基站可分为两种类型:In the embodiment of the method for power saving of the user terminal based on the terminal side of the present invention, the base stations in the wireless communication network system can be divided into two types:
第一种类型为:RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站。The first type is: a base station in which the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state.
对应的可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a corresponding possible implementation manner, if the RRC state includes a base station that includes only an RRC connected state and an RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include RRC. a connection state and an RRC idle state, where the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC 连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
第二种类型为:RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站。The second type is: the RRC state includes a base station of an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state.
对应的可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a corresponding possible implementation manner, if the RRC state includes a base station that includes an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC. In a light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The wake-up signal indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. And the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or The base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource. Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的 所述用户终端包括两种情形:The user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC state including the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state includes two scenarios:
第一种情形为:用户终端处于RRC空闲态。The first case is that the user terminal is in the RRC idle state.
对应的可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;In a corresponding possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state, the first acquiring information is acquiring information about acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs. ;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
第二种情形为:用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态。The second case is that the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
对应的可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In the corresponding possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs Obtaining information of the network location area identifier and/or obtaining information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
接入网位置区可采用两种表示。The access network location area can be represented by two types.
第一种可采用的表示为:接入网位置区标识表示。The first type of representation that can be used is: access network location area identification.
对应的可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a corresponding possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
第二种可采用的表示为:小区标识列表表示。The second available representation is: a cell identification list representation.
对应的可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;In a corresponding possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
至少基于获得所述第一获取信息和所述第二获取信息考虑,本发明基于终端侧的用户终端省电方法实施例的可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:The method further includes: based on the obtaining the first obtaining information and the second obtaining information, the method is further based on the possible implementation manner of the user terminal power saving method in the terminal side, the method further includes:
所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令下发的所述第一获取信息;Receiving, by the user equipment, the first acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling, in the first cell;
所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过所述广播消息或所述RRC专有信令下发的所述第二获取信息。The user terminal receives, in the first cell, the second acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC dedicated signaling.
至少基于让所述用户终端的工作模式与所述用户终端业务时延要求相符合考虑,本发明基于终端侧的用户终端省电方法实施例的可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner of the method for power saving of the user terminal on the terminal side, the method further includes:
当所述用户终端驻留在所述第一小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第一基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;当所述用户终端驻留在所述第二小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第二基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。When the user terminal is camped on the first cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station, and determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information; When the user terminal is camped on the second cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the second base station, and determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information; The working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on the working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
图2示出了本发明实施例中基于网络侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法的流程示意图。所述基于网络侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法与基于终端侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法属于相同的发明构思。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a power saving method for a user terminal provided by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention. The power saving method of the user terminal provided on the network side and the power saving method based on the user terminal provided by the terminal side belong to the same inventive concept.
所述用户终端省电方法,具体可以应用于网络侧设备,所述网络侧设备 中包括基站,所述基站覆盖的小区中具有用户终端。其中,涉及无线通信网络系统、基站、用户终端的相关描述,可参照前述基于终端侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再一一赘述。The power saving method of the user terminal may be specifically applied to a network side device, where the network side device includes a base station, and the cell covered by the base station has a user terminal. For related descriptions of the wireless communication network system, the base station, and the user terminal, reference may be made to the related description in the foregoing embodiment of the power saving method of the user terminal provided by the terminal side, and details are not described herein again.
现参照图2所示,本发明实施例中基于网络侧的用户终端省电的过程如下:Referring to FIG. 2, the process of power saving of the user terminal based on the network side in the embodiment of the present invention is as follows:
S210,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;S210, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate that the user terminal has The wake-up signal of the paging message;
S220,所述基站向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,以使所述用户终端在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;以及判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;S220, the base station sends, to the user terminal in the covered cell, first obtaining information for acquiring network location information and second acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal, so that the user terminal is resident. During the process of changing the cell from the first cell to the second cell, the cell may be based on the first acquiring information used to obtain the network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell in the first cell, The second cell receives the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and determines that the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in the When the network location identifier list of the user terminal is used, the wake-up signal sent by the second base station can be received based on the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal received by the first base station in the first cell, Receiving a working mode, and receiving a paging message sent by the second base station;
其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
在本发明基于网络侧的用户终端省电方法实施例中,无线通信网络系统中的基站可分为两种类型:In the embodiment of the network terminal-based user terminal power saving method of the present invention, the base stations in the wireless communication network system can be classified into two types:
第一种类型为:RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站。The first type is: a base station in which the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state.
对应的可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中 的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a corresponding possible implementation manner, if the RRC state includes a base station that includes only an RRC connected state and an RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include RRC. a connection state and an RRC idle state, where the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information and indicates the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
第二种类型为:RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站。The second type is: the RRC state includes a base station of an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state.
对应的可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a corresponding possible implementation manner, if the RRC state includes a base station that includes an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC. a light connection state or an RRC inactive state, where the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information and uses the same to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The wake-up signal indicating that the user terminal has a paging message is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻 连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell. Or the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端包括两种情形:The user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC state including the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state includes two scenarios:
第一种情形为:用户终端处于RRC空闲态。The first case is that the user terminal is in the RRC idle state.
对应的可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;In a corresponding possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state, the first acquiring information is acquiring information about acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs. ;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
第二种情形为:用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态。The second case is that the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
对应的可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In the corresponding possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs Obtaining information of the network location area identifier and/or obtaining information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括:核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标 识列表;The network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
接入网位置区可采用两种表示。The access network location area can be represented by two types.
第一种可采用的表示为:接入网位置区标识表示。The first type of representation that can be used is: access network location area identification.
对应的可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a corresponding possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
第二种可采用的表示为:小区标识列表表示。The second available representation is: a cell identification list representation.
当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;When the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
至少基于用户终端能够获得所述第一获取信息和所述第二获取信息考虑,本发明基于网络侧的用户终端省电方法实施例的可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:The method further includes: based on the user terminal being able to obtain the first obtaining information and the second acquiring information, the method further includes: in a possible implementation manner of the network side user terminal power saving method embodiment, the method further includes:
所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发第一获取信息;Transmitting, by the first base station, the first acquiring information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling;
所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发所述第二获取信息。The first base station sends the second acquisition information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
至少基于让所述用户终端的工作模式与所述用户终端业务时延要求相符合考虑,本发明基于网络侧的用户终端省电方法实施例的可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner of the method for power saving of the user terminal on the network side, the method further includes:
在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,所述第一基站向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the first base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第二小区时,所述第二基站向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配 置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, the second base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
下面将结合具体的实例,对本发明实施例中提供的一种用户终端省电方法的进行说明:A method for power saving of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to specific examples:
在以下列举的具体实施例中,所述无线通信网络系统,具体可以是LTE系统、NR系统中的一种。对于LTE系统,其中的基站的RRC状态,具体可以仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,也可以包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC轻连接态,其中的用户终端的RRC状态包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC轻连接态,RRC空闲态和RRC轻连接态表征用户终端处于睡眠状态,能够监听基站下发的指示用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,RRC连接态表征用户终端处于工作模式,能够向与其通信连接的基站发送上行数据。对于NR系统,其中的基站的RRC状态,具体可以仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,也可以包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态,其中的用户终端的RRC状态包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态,RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态表征用户终端处于睡眠状态,能够监听基站下发的指示用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,RRC连接态表征用户终端处于工作模式,能够向与其通信连接的基站发送上行数据。In the specific embodiments listed below, the wireless communication network system may specifically be one of an LTE system and an NR system. For the LTE system, the RRC state of the base station may include only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and may also include an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC light connected state, where the RRC state of the user terminal includes an RRC connected state. The RRC idle state and the RRC light connection state, the RRC idle state and the RRC light connection state indicate that the user terminal is in a sleep state, and can listen to the wakeup signal sent by the base station indicating that the user terminal has a paging message, and the RRC connection state indicates that the user terminal is working. The mode is capable of transmitting uplink data to a base station that is in communication with it. For the NR system, the RRC state of the base station may include only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and may also include an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state, where the RRC state of the user terminal includes an RRC connected state. The RRC idle state and the RRC inactive state, the RRC idle state and the RRC inactive state indicate that the user terminal is in a sleep state, and can listen to the wakeup signal sent by the base station indicating that the user terminal has a paging message, and the RRC connection state indicates that the user terminal is working. The mode is capable of transmitting uplink data to a base station that is in communication with it.
为了便于理解本发明实施例中用户终端省电方法的技术方案,在下述具体实施例中作示例性说明时,可以假定用户终端的驻留小区是从第一小区变更为第二小区,其中第一小区对应第一基站,第二小区对应第二基站,但需要说明的是,第一小区仅是驻留变更前用户终端所驻留的小区,第二小区仅是驻留变更后用户终端所驻留的小区,并非是无线通信网络中规划中标识的小区,同样地,第一基站和第二基站,也无线通信网络中规划中标识的基站。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solution of the power saving method of the user terminal in the embodiment of the present invention, when exemplarily described in the following specific embodiments, it may be assumed that the camped cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell, where A cell corresponds to the first base station, and the second cell corresponds to the second base station. However, it should be noted that the first cell is only the cell where the user terminal resides before the change, and the second cell is only the user terminal after the change of the user. The camped cell is not the cell identified in the plan in the wireless communication network. Similarly, the first base station and the second base station are also the base stations identified in the plan in the wireless communication network.
第一具体实施例First specific embodiment
在所述第一具体实施例中,无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC 状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站通过广播消息向所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,发送用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息。In the first embodiment, the wireless communication network system includes a base station in which the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connection. And the RRC idle state, the RRC state only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, the base station transmits the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information and the wakeup signal for acquiring the network location information by using the broadcast message to the user terminal in the covered cell. The second get information.
在第一具体实施例中,无线通信网络系统中的基站包括但不限于RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,其还可以包括RRC状态包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC轻连接态的基站,以及包括RRC状态包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态的基站。为了便于基于应用场景理解本发明用户终端省电方法实施例的技术方案,在第一具体实施例中,假定第一基站和第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,但该假定对无线通信网络系统中的其他基站不具有限定作用。In a first specific embodiment, the base station in the wireless communication network system includes, but is not limited to, a base station in which the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and may further include the RRC state including the RRC connected state, the RRC idle state, and the RRC light. a base station in a connected state, and a base station including an RRC state including an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state. In the first embodiment, it is assumed that the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, but the RRC state of the first base station and the second base station are both included in the first embodiment. This assumption does not have a limiting effect on other base stations in a wireless communication network system.
无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述核心网位置区标识中具体可以包括移动国家码MCC、移动网络号码MNC、跟踪区域码TAC。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the base station sends the core network location to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The area identifier and the wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message; the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC.
RRC连接态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过广播消息下发用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息;其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The RRC connection state includes only the user terminal in the cell to which the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state are addressed, and the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier and the wakeup signal for acquiring the core network location area identifier are sent by using the broadcast message. a second acquisition information, where the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes repetition period information and an offset. At least one of information and transmission band information.
RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识,接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。如果基站在预定时间内没有收到用户终端的上行数据,基站向用户终端发送RRC连接释放(RRC Connection Release)消息,释放用户终端的RRC连接,使用户终端进入RRC空闲态;当然基站也可以通过RRC专有信令向用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,用户终端基于所述工作模式配置信 息进入RRC空闲态,其中,工作模式配置信息为基站基于包括用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The RRC state only includes the core network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state is turned on, accesses the wireless communication network system, and registers. If the base station does not receive the uplink data of the user terminal within the predetermined time, the base station sends an RRC Connection Release message to the user terminal, releasing the RRC connection of the user terminal, so that the user terminal enters the RRC idle state; The RRC-specific signaling sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, and the user terminal enters the RRC idle state according to the working mode configuration information, where the working mode configuration information is the working mode decision of the base station based on the information including the user terminal service delay requirement information. Get it from the information.
当用户终端需要通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识;具体可以基于第一获取信息中包含的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种,和第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识中的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息比较,如果相同,则接收第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识。When the user terminal needs to change the camped cell from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is configured to acquire the core network based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the user is in the first cell. The first acquiring information of the location area identifier is used by the second cell to receive the core network location area identifier that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell, and may be based on the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission included in the first acquiring information. And comparing at least one of the frequency band information and the modulation and coding mode information with the repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission frequency band information, and the modulation and coding mode information in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station, if the same, receiving The core network location area identifier delivered by the second base station.
用户终端判断第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识中的第二小区的核心网位置区标识是否包含在所述用户终端的核心网位置区标识列表中。The user terminal determines whether the core network location area identifier of the second cell in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息;具体可以基于第二获取信息中包含的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种,和第二基站下发的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号中的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息比较,如果相同,则接收第二基站下发的该唤醒信号;用户终端基于该唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。When yes, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the second The paging message sent by the base station may be based on at least one of the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information included in the second acquisition information, and the wake-up signal in the core network location area sent by the second base station The repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information are compared, and if they are the same, the wake-up signal sent by the second base station is received; the user terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the search by the second base station. Call the message.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的核心网位置区标识对核心网位置区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的核心网位置区标识列表从第二基站接收用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of no, the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list. And the second acquiring information, based on the second obtaining information received from the second base station, receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station, returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station.
需要说明的是,不论是用户终端驻留在第一小区,还是驻留在第二小区时,当RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站收到来自核心网的寻呼消息,在判断所述寻呼消息为其覆盖的小区中的某一用户终端的寻呼消 息后,基站向该用户终端下发用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,该用户终端接收并基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收基站下发的寻呼消息。当用户终端需要寻呼无线通信网络系统中的其他用户终端时,该用户终端读取核心网位置区标识列表,按照接入控制要求接入无线通信网络系统。It should be noted that, when the user terminal camps on the first cell or stays in the second cell, when the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, the base station receives the paging message from the core network, After determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in the cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, and the user terminal receives the Receiving a working mode and receiving a paging message sent by the base station. When the user terminal needs to page other user terminals in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirements.
第二具体实施例Second specific embodiment
与第一具体实施例不同的是,在所述第二具体实施例中,RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站通过RRC专有信令向所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,发送用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息。Different from the first embodiment, in the second specific embodiment, the RRC state only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the base station sends the RRC dedicated signaling to the user terminal in the covered cell. First acquisition information for acquiring network location information and second acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal.
无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述核心网位置区标识中具体可以包括移动国家码MCC、移动网络号码MNC、跟踪区域码TAC。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system only includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the base station sends the core network location to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The area identifier and the wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message; the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC.
RRC连接态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过RRC专有信令下发用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息;其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The RRC connection state includes only the user terminal in the cell to which the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state are addressed, and the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier is sent by the RRC dedicated signaling and used for acquiring a second acquisition information of the wake-up signal; wherein the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes repetition period information At least one of offset information and transmission band information.
RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识,接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。接入无线通信网络系统后,用户终端接收基站通过RRC专有信令下发的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息;如果基站在预定时间内没有收到用户终端的上行数据,基站向用户终端发送RRC连接释放(RRC Connection Release)消息,释放用户终端的RRC连接,用户终端基于RRC连接释放消息进入RRC空闲态。The RRC state only includes the core network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state is turned on, accesses the wireless communication network system, and registers. After accessing the wireless communication network system, the user terminal receives the first acquisition information used by the base station to obtain the core network location area identifier and the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal, which is sent by the RRC dedicated signaling; if the base station is in the reservation The uplink data of the user terminal is not received in the time, the base station sends an RRC Connection Release message to the user terminal, and the RRC connection of the user terminal is released, and the user terminal enters the RRC idle state based on the RRC connection release message.
当用户终端需要通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,第一获取信息为接收第一基站下发的RRC专有信令而得到的信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识;具体可以基于第一获取信息中包含的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种,和第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识中的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息比较,如果相同,则接收第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识。When the user terminal needs to change the camped cell from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is configured to acquire the core network based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the user is in the first cell. First obtaining information of the location area identifier, where the first obtaining information is information obtained by receiving the RRC dedicated signaling sent by the first base station, and receiving, by the second cell, the core network location sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell The area identifier may be specifically based on at least one of the repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission band information, and the modulation and coding mode information included in the first acquisition information, and the repetition in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station The period information, the offset information, the transmission band information, and the modulation and coding mode information are compared. If they are the same, the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station is received.
用户终端判断第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识中的第二小区的核心网位置区标识是否包含在所述用户终端的核心网位置区标识列表中。The user terminal determines whether the core network location area identifier of the second cell in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,第二获取信息为接收第一基站下发的RRC专有信令而得到的信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息;具体可以基于第二获取信息中包含的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种,和第二基站下发的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号中的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息比较,如果相同,则接收第二基站下发的该唤醒信号;用户终端基于该唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of YES, the user terminal is based on the second acquisition information that is received by the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal, and the second acquisition information is obtained by receiving the RRC-specific signaling sent by the first base station. And receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station, and returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station; specifically, the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band included in the second acquisition information may be At least one of the information is compared with the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information in the wake-up signal in the core network location area sent by the second base station, and if the information is the same, the wake-up sent by the second base station is received. The user terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的核心网位置区标识对核心网位置区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的核心网位置区标识列表从第二基站接收用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,该第二获取信息为接收第二基站下发的RRC专有信令而得到的信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of no, the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list. a second acquisition information, where the second acquisition information is information obtained by receiving the RRC dedicated signaling sent by the second base station, and receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station, based on the second acquisition information received from the second base station, And receiving a paging message sent by the second base station, according to the wake-up signal returning to the working mode.
需要说明的是,不论是用户终端驻留在第一小区,还是驻留在第二小区时,当RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站收到来自核心网的 寻呼消息,在判断所述寻呼消息为其覆盖的小区中的某一用户终端的寻呼消息后,基站向该用户终端下发用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,该用户终端接收并基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收基站下发的寻呼消息。当用户终端需要寻呼无线通信网络系统中的其他用户终端时,该用户终端读取核心网位置区标识列表,按照接入控制要求接入无线通信网络系统。It should be noted that, when the user terminal camps on the first cell or stays in the second cell, when the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, the base station receives the paging message from the core network, After determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in the cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, and the user terminal receives the Receiving a working mode and receiving a paging message sent by the base station. When the user terminal needs to page other user terminals in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirements.
第三具体实施例Third specific embodiment
在所述第三具体实施例中,无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,RRC状态包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示;RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,通过广播消息向所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,发送用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息。In the third embodiment, the wireless communication network system includes a base station whose RRC state includes an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station include an RRC light connection. State or RRC inactive state, the access network location area to which the RRC state includes the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state belongs to the cell identifier list; the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station, and broadcasts the message. Sending, to the user terminal in the covered cell, first acquisition information for acquiring network location information and second acquisition information for acquiring a wakeup signal.
在第三具体实施例中,无线通信网络系统中的基站包括但不限于RRC状态包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC轻连接态的基站,RRC状态包括RRC连接态、RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态的基站,还可包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站。在第三具体实施例中,假定第一基站和第二基站的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,但该假定对无线通信网络系统中的其他基站不具有限定作用。In a third specific embodiment, the base station in the wireless communication network system includes, but is not limited to, a base station including an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC light connected state, and the RRC state includes an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC non- The base station in the active state may further include a base station whose RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state. In the third embodiment, it is assumed that the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station include an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, but the assumption does not have a limiting effect on other base stations in the wireless communication network system.
无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识,所述核心网位置区标识中具体可以包括移动国家码MCC、移动网络号码MNC、跟踪区域码TAC;在同一接入网位置区内的小区采用相同的传输方式和时频资源向小区内的用户终端下发用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the core network to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The location area identifier, the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC; the cells in the same access network location area adopt the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource direction. The user terminal in the cell sends a wake-up signal indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过广播消息下发用于获取核心网位置区标识和小区标识的 第一获取信息和用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和接入网位置区的唤醒信号的第二获取信息;其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。需要说明的是,基站可通过广播消息分两次下发用于获取核心网位置区标识的获取信息和用于获取小区标识的获取信息,同样地,基站可通过广播消息分两次下发获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和获取接入网位置区的唤醒信号的获取信息。The RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC inactive state, and the first user obtains the core network location area identifier and the cell identifier, and obtains the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier and the cell identifier. a second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the core network location area and the wake-up signal of the access network location area; wherein the first acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, transmission frequency band information, and modulation and coding mode information. At least one of the second acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information. It is to be noted that the base station may send the acquisition information for acquiring the location identifier of the core network and the acquisition information for acquiring the cell identifier by using the broadcast message, and the base station may send the message twice by using the broadcast message. The acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location of the core network and the acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location area of the access network.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识和小区标识接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。接入无线通信网络系统后,基站可以通过RRC专有信令向用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,工作模式配置信息为基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。用户终端基于工作模式配置信息进入睡眠状态,即省电模式,如果工作模式配置信息中指示用户终端进入RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,则用户终端后续进入RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,如果工作模式配置信息中指示用户终端进入RRC空闲态,则用户终端后续进入RRC空闲态。After the RRC state includes the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, the core network location area identifier and the cell identity that are sent by the base station are connected to the wireless communication network system and are registered. After accessing the wireless communication network system, the base station may send the working mode configuration information to the user terminal by using the RRC dedicated signaling, where the working mode configuration information is obtained by the base station based on the working mode decision information including the service delay request information of the user terminal. . The user terminal enters a sleep state based on the working mode configuration information, that is, the power saving mode. If the working mode configuration information indicates that the user terminal enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state. If the working mode configuration information indicates that the user terminal enters the RRC idle state, the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC idle state.
如果用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,这时,通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取小区标识的第一获取信息,第一获取信息为接收第一基站下发的广播消息而得到的信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的小区标识;具体可以基于第一获取信息中包含的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种,和第二基站下发的小区标识中的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息比较,如果相同,则接收第二基站下发的小区标识。If the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, when the camped cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is based on the first cell. The first acquiring information, which is received by the first base station, is used to obtain the cell identifier, and the first acquiring information is obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the first base station, and receiving the second corresponding to the second cell in the second cell. The cell identifier sent by the base station may be based on at least one of the repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission band information, and the modulation and coding mode information included in the first acquisition information, and the cell identifier sent by the second base station. The repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission band information, and the modulation and coding mode information are compared. If they are the same, the cell identifier sent by the second base station is received.
用户终端判断第二基站下发的小区标识是否包含在用户终端的小区标识 列表中。The user terminal determines whether the cell identifier sent by the second base station is included in the cell identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,第二获取信息为接收第一基站下发的广播消息而得到的信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息;具体可以基于第二获取信息中包含的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种,和第二基站下发的接入网小区内的唤醒信号中的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息比较,如果相同,则接收第二基站下发的该唤醒信号;用户终端基于该唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of YES, the user terminal is based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal, and the second acquisition information is the information obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the first base station, and receiving The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station; specifically, it may be based on the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information included in the second acquisition information. And at least one of the following: comparing the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band information in the wake-up signal in the access network cell sent by the second base station, and if yes, receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station; The terminal returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的小区标识对小区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的小区标识列表从第二基站接收用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,该第二获取信息为接收第二基站下发的广播消息而得到的信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的第二小区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。If not, the user terminal updates the cell identifier list based on the cell identifier received from the second base station, and receives second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated cell identifier list, the second obtaining The information obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the second base station, based on the second acquisition information received from the second base station, receives the wake-up signal in the second cell sent by the second base station, and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal. Receiving a paging message sent by the second base station.
如果用户终端处于RRC空闲态,这时,通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,第一获取信息为接收第一基站下发的广播消息而得到的信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识;用户终端判断第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识中的第二小区的核心网位置区标识是否包含在所述用户终端的核心网位置区标识列表中。If the user terminal is in the RRC idle state, when the camped cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is used. Receiving the first obtaining information for acquiring the identifier of the core network location area, where the first obtaining information is obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the first base station, and the second base station is configured to receive the second base station corresponding to the second cell. The core network location area identifier is determined by the user terminal, and the core network location area identifier of the second cell in the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,第二获取信息为接收第一基站下发的广播消息而得到的信息,接收第二基站下发的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of YES, the user terminal is based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal, and the second acquisition information is the information obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the first base station, and receiving The wake-up signal in the core network location area sent by the second base station returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的核心网位置区标识对核心网位置区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的核心网位置区标识列表从第二基站 接收用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,该第二获取信息为接收第二基站下发的广播消息而得到的信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of no, the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list. The second acquisition information is obtained by receiving the broadcast message sent by the second base station, and receives the second acquisition information received from the second base station, and receives the location in the core network location area sent by the second base station. The wake-up signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and the paging message sent by the second base station is received.
需要说明的是,不论是用户终端驻留在第一小区,还是驻留在第二小区时,RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,收到来自核心网或者接入网的寻呼消息,在判断所述寻呼消息为其覆盖的小区中的某一用户终端的寻呼消息后,基站向该用户终端下发用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,该用户终端接收并基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收基站下发的寻呼消息。当用户终端需要寻呼无线通信网络系统中的其他用户终端时,该用户终端读取核心网位置区标识列表或者小区标识列表,按照接入控制要求接入无线通信网络系统。It should be noted that, whether the user terminal camps in the first cell or stays in the second cell, the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station receives the information from the core network or the access network. a paging message, after determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in a cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, The user terminal receives and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the base station. When the user terminal needs to page other user terminals in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list or the cell identifier list, and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirement.
第四具体实施例Fourth specific embodiment
与第三具体实施例不同的是,在所述第四具体实施例中,RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示;RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站通过RRC专有信令向所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,发送用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,其中,第一获取信息包括用于获取基站所属的核心网位置区的核心网位置区标识的获取信息和用于获取基站所属的接入网位置区的小区标识的获取信息,第二获取信息包括用于获取基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和用于获取基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息。Different from the third embodiment, in the fourth specific embodiment, the access network location area to which the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state belongs to the cell identifier list; the RRC state includes The base station in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state sends the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information and the second acquisition information for acquiring the wakeup signal to the user terminal in the covered cell by using the RRC dedicated signaling. The first obtaining information includes the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier for acquiring the core network location area to which the base station belongs, and the obtaining information for acquiring the cell identifier of the access network location area to which the base station belongs, and the second obtaining information. The method includes: acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the base station belongs, and acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal in an access network location area to which the base station belongs.
无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识,所述核心网位置区标识中具体可以包括移动国家码MCC、移动网络号码MNC、跟踪区域码TAC;在同一接入网位置区内的小区采用相同的传输方式和时频资源向小区内的用户终端下发 用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the core network to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The location area identifier, the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC; the cells in the same access network location area adopt the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource direction. The user terminal in the cell sends a wake-up signal indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
第四具体实施例中的第一种可能的具体实施方式为:The first possible specific implementation in the fourth embodiment is:
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过RRC专有信令下发用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取接入网位置区的唤醒信号的第二获取信息;基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过广播消息下发用于获取小区标识的第一获取信息;其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC-inactive state, and the first user obtains the core network location area identifier and obtains the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier by using the RRC dedicated signaling. The second acquisition information of the wake-up signal of the access network location area; the base station sends the first acquisition information for acquiring the cell identifier to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station; wherein the first acquisition information The method includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识,接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。接入无线通信网络系统后,接收基站下发的用于获取核心网位置区标识和小区标识第一获取信息和用于获取接入网位置区的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于接收到的上述信息确定用户终端进入睡眠状态,即省电模式,用户终端后续进入RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态。The RRC state includes the core network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, accesses the wireless communication network system, and registers. After receiving the wireless communication network system, the second acquisition information that is sent by the base station for acquiring the core network location area identifier and the cell identifier first acquisition information and the wake-up signal for acquiring the access network location area is received based on the received information. The foregoing information determines that the user terminal enters a sleep state, that is, a power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state.
用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,这时,通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取小区标识的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的小区标识;用户终端判断第二基站下发的小区标识是否包含在用户终端的小区标识列表中。The user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state. At this time, when the camped cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is based on the first cell from the first cell. Corresponding the first acquisition information of the first base station for acquiring the cell identifier, and the second cell receiving the cell identifier sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; the user terminal determining whether the cell identifier sent by the second base station includes In the cell identity list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息。When yes, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the second A paging message sent by the base station.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的小区标识对小区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的小区标识列表从第二基站接收用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的第二小区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发 的寻呼消息。在为否时,如果核心网位置区发生更新,用户终端还要对核心网位置区标识列表进行更新。If not, the user terminal updates the cell identity list based on the cell identity received from the second base station, and receives second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated cell identity list, based on the second The second acquisition information received by the base station receives the wake-up signal in the second cell that is sent by the second base station, returns the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station. In the case of No, if the core network location area is updated, the user terminal also needs to update the core network location area identifier list.
第四具体实施例中的第二种可能的具体实施方式为:A second possible specific implementation in the fourth embodiment is:
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过RRC专有信令下发用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息;基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过广播消息下发用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息;基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过广播消息下发用于获取小区标识的第一获取信息;其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station; The user terminal in the covered cell sends the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location of the core network through the broadcast message; the base station sends the message to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station by using the broadcast message. Acquiring the first acquisition information of the cell identifier, where the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes a repetition period. At least one of information, offset information, and transmission band information.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识,接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。接入无线通信网络系统后,接收基站下发的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,用于获取小区标识的第一获取信息,和用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于接收到的上述信息确定用户终端进入睡眠状态,即省电模式,用户终端后续进入RRC空闲态。The RRC state includes the core network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, accesses the wireless communication network system, and registers. After the access to the wireless communication network system, the first acquisition information that is sent by the base station to obtain the identifier of the core network location area is used to obtain the first acquisition information of the cell identifier, and is used to acquire the wake-up signal in the location area of the core network. The second obtaining information determines, according to the received information, that the user terminal enters a sleep state, that is, a power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters an RRC idle state.
用户终端处于RRC空闲态,这时,通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识;用户终端判断第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识是否包含在用户终端的核心网位置区标识列表中。The user terminal is in the RRC idle state. When the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal receives the first cell from the first cell corresponding to the first cell. The first acquiring information for obtaining the identifier of the core network location area, the second cell receiving the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and the user terminal determining the core network location area sent by the second base station Whether the identifier is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息。When yes, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal in the core network location area sent by the second base station, based on the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station, and returns based on the wake-up signal. The working mode receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的核心网位置区标识对核心网 位置区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的核心网位置区标识列表从第二基站接收用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of no, the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list. The second acquiring information, receiving the wake-up signal in the location of the core network that is sent by the second base station, returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station.
需要说明的是,不论是用户终端驻留在第一小区,还是驻留在第二小区时,RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,收到来自核心网或者接入网的寻呼消息,在判断所述寻呼消息为其覆盖的小区中的某一用户终端的寻呼消息后,基站向该用户终端下发用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,该用户终端接收并基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收基站下发的寻呼消息。当用户终端需要寻呼无线通信网络系统中的其他用户终端时,该用户终端读取核心网位置区标识列表或者小区标识列表,按照接入控制要求接入无线通信网络系统。It should be noted that, whether the user terminal camps in the first cell or stays in the second cell, the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station receives the information from the core network or the access network. a paging message, after determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in a cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, The user terminal receives and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the base station. When the user terminal needs to page other user terminals in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list or the cell identifier list, and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirement.
第五具体实施例Fifth specific embodiment
与第四具体实施例不同的是,在所述第五具体实施例中,RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示;RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站通过广播消息向所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,发送用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息;其中,第一获取信息包括用于获取基站所属的核心网位置区的核心网位置区标识的获取信息和用于获取基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置区标识的获取信息,第二获取信息包括用于获取基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和用于获取基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息。Different from the fourth embodiment, in the fifth embodiment, the access network location area to which the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state belongs to the access network location area identifier; The RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, the base station transmits the first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information and the second acquisition information for acquiring the wakeup signal to the user terminal in the covered cell by using a broadcast message. The first obtaining information includes the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier for acquiring the core network location area to which the base station belongs, and the obtaining information of the access network location area identifier for acquiring the access network location area to which the base station belongs. The second acquisition information includes acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the base station belongs, and acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in an access network location area to which the base station belongs.
无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识,所述核心网位置区标识中具体可以包括移动国家码MCC、移动网络号码MNC、跟踪区域码TAC;在同一接入网位置区内的小区采用相同的传输方式和时频资源向小区内的用户终端下发 接入网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the core network to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The location area identifier, the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC; the cells in the same access network location area adopt the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource direction. The user terminal in the cell sends an access network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过广播消息下发用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息;基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过广播消息下发用于获取接入网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息;其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC inactive state, and the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the RRC, and the first information about obtaining the core network location area identifier and the core network location for obtaining the core network location area identifier by using the broadcast message. The second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the area; the base station sends the first acquisition information for acquiring the location identifier of the access network and the location of the access network by using the broadcast message to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station Second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the area; wherein the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes At least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information.
第五具体实施例中的第一种可能的具体实施方式为:The first possible specific implementation in the fifth embodiment is:
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识或接入网位置区标识,接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。基站可以通过RRC专有信令向用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,工作模式配置信息为基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。用户终端基于工作模式配置信息进入睡眠状态,即省电模式,用户终端后续进入RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态。The RRC state includes the core network location area identifier or the access network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, and accesses the wireless communication network system. Sign up. The base station may send the working mode configuration information to the user terminal by using the RRC dedicated signaling, where the working mode configuration information is obtained by the base station based on the working mode decision information including the service delay request information of the user terminal. The user terminal enters a sleep state based on the working mode configuration information, that is, the power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state.
用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,这时,通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取接入网位置区标识的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的接入网位置区标识;用户终端判断第二基站下发的接入网位置区标识是否包含在用户终端的接入网位置区标识列表中。The user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state. At this time, when the camped cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is based on the first cell from the first cell. Corresponding first acquisition information received by the first base station for acquiring the location identifier of the access network, and receiving, by the second cell, an identifier of the access network location area sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; Whether the access network location area identifier sent by the base station is included in the access network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息。其中,所述第二获取信息包括用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和用于获取接入网位置区内的唤 醒信号的获取信息。When yes, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the second A paging message sent by the base station. The second acquisition information includes acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in the location area of the access network.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的接入网位置区标识对接入网位置区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的接入网位置区标识列表从第二基站接收用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的第二小区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。在为否时,如果核心网位置区发生更新,用户终端还要对核心网位置区标识列表进行更新。In the case of NO, the user terminal updates the access network location area identifier list based on the access network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the updated access network location area identifier list from the second base station for acquiring. The second acquisition information of the wake-up signal, based on the second acquisition information received from the second base station, receives the wake-up signal in the second cell that is sent by the second base station, returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and sends the second base station to send the Page message. In the case of No, if the core network location area is updated, the user terminal also needs to update the core network location area identifier list.
第五具体实施例中的第二种可能的具体实施方式为:A second possible specific implementation in the fifth embodiment is:
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识或接入网位置区标识,接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。基站可以通过RRC专有信令向用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,工作模式配置信息为基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。用户终端基于工作模式配置信息进入睡眠状态,即省电模式,用户终端后续进入RRC空闲态。The RRC state includes the core network location area identifier or the access network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, and accesses the wireless communication network system. Sign up. The base station may send the working mode configuration information to the user terminal by using the RRC dedicated signaling, where the working mode configuration information is obtained by the base station based on the working mode decision information including the service delay request information of the user terminal. The user terminal enters a sleep state based on the working mode configuration information, that is, the power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC idle state.
用户终端处于RRC空闲态,这时,通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识;用户终端判断第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识是否包含在用户终端的核心网位置区标识列表中。The user terminal is in the RRC idle state. When the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal receives the first cell from the first cell corresponding to the first cell. The first acquiring information for obtaining the identifier of the core network location area, the second cell receiving the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and the user terminal determining the core network location area sent by the second base station Whether the identifier is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of YES, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location of the core network, and returns based on the wake-up signal. The working mode receives the paging message sent by the second base station.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的核心网位置区标识对核心网位置区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的核心网位置区标识列表从第二基站接收用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的第二小区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模 式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。在为否时,如果接入网位置区发生更新,用户终端还要对接入网位置区标识列表进行更新。In the case of no, the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the wake-up signal from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list. The second acquiring information, based on the second obtaining information received from the second base station, receiving the wake-up signal in the second cell sent by the second base station, returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receiving the paging sent by the second base station Message. If no, if the access network location area is updated, the user terminal also needs to update the access network location area identifier list.
需要说明的是,不论是用户终端驻留在第一小区,还是驻留在第二小区时,RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,收到来自核心网或者接入网的寻呼消息,在判断所述寻呼消息为其覆盖的小区中的某一用户终端的寻呼消息后,基站向该用户终端下发用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,该用户终端接收并基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收基站下发的寻呼消息。当用户终端需要寻呼无线通信网络系统中的其他用户终端时,该用户终端读取核心网位置区标识列表或者接入网位置区标识列表,按照接入控制要求接入无线通信网络系统。It should be noted that, whether the user terminal camps in the first cell or stays in the second cell, the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station receives the information from the core network or the access network. a paging message, after determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in a cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, The user terminal receives and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the base station. When the user terminal needs to page other user terminals in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list or the access network location area identifier list, and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirement.
第六具体实施例Sixth embodiment
与第五具体实施例不同的是,在所述第六具体实施例中,RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站通过RRC专有信令向所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,发送用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息。Different from the fifth embodiment, in the sixth specific embodiment, the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station transmits the RRC dedicated signaling to the user terminal in the covered cell. Sending first acquisition information for acquiring network location information and second acquisition information for acquiring a wakeup signal.
无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识,所述核心网位置区标识中具体可以包括移动国家码MCC、移动网络号码MNC、跟踪区域码TAC;在同一接入网位置区内的小区采用相同的传输方式和时频资源向小区内的用户终端下发接入网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station sends the core network to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The location area identifier, the core network location area identifier may specifically include a mobile country code MCC, a mobile network number MNC, and a tracking area code TAC; the cells in the same access network location area adopt the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource direction. The user terminal in the cell sends an access network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
第六具体实施例中的第一种可能的具体实施方式为:The first possible specific implementation in the sixth embodiment is:
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过RRC专有信令下发用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息;基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过RRC专有信令下发用于获取接入网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息; 其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC-inactive state, and the first user obtains the core network location area identifier and obtains the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier by using the RRC dedicated signaling. a second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location of the core network; the base station sends the first acquisition information for obtaining the identifier of the location area of the access network through the RRC dedicated signaling to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station Obtaining second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location area of the access network; where the first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; The second acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识或接入网位置区标识,接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。在接入无线通信网络系统后,接收基站下发的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,用于获取接入网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于接收到的上述信息确定用户终端进入睡眠状态,即省电模式,用户终端后续进入RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态。The RRC state includes the core network location area identifier or the access network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, and accesses the wireless communication network system. Sign up. After the access to the wireless communication network system, the first acquisition information that is sent by the base station to obtain the identifier of the core network location area is used to obtain the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location of the core network, and is used to acquire the access information. The first obtaining information of the network location area identifier and the second obtaining information for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location area of the access network, determining, according to the received information, that the user terminal enters a sleep state, that is, a power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters RRC light connection state or RRC inactive state.
用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,这时,通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取接入网位置区标识的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的接入网位置区标识;用户终端判断第二基站下发的接入网位置区标识是否包含在用户终端的接入网位置区标识列表中。The user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state. At this time, when the camped cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal is based on the first cell from the first cell. Corresponding first acquisition information received by the first base station for acquiring the location identifier of the access network, and receiving, by the second cell, an identifier of the access network location area sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; Whether the access network location area identifier sent by the base station is included in the access network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息。其中,所述第二获取信息为用于获取接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息。In the case of YES, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location of the access network, based on the wake-up signal. Returning to the working mode, receiving the paging message sent by the second base station. The second acquisition information is acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in an area of the access network.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的接入网位置区标识对接入网位置区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的接入网位置区标识列表从第二基站接收用于获取接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的第二小区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。在为否时,如果核心网位置区发生更新,用户终端还要对核心网位置区标识列表进行更新。In the case of NO, the user terminal updates the access network location area identifier list based on the access network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the updated access network location area identifier list from the second base station for acquiring. The second acquiring information of the wake-up signal in the location area of the access network receives the wake-up signal in the second cell sent by the second base station based on the second acquiring information received from the second base station, and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives a paging message sent by the second base station. In the case of No, if the core network location area is updated, the user terminal also needs to update the core network location area identifier list.
第六具体实施例中的第二种可能的具体实施方式为:A second possible specific implementation in the sixth embodiment is:
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过RRC专有信令下发用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息和用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息;基站向其所覆盖的小区中的用户终端,通过RRC专有信令下发用于获取接入网位置区标识的第一获取信息;其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The RRC state includes the user terminal in the RRC light-connected state or the RRC-inactive state, and the first user obtains the core network location area identifier and obtains the first acquisition information for acquiring the core network location area identifier by using the RRC dedicated signaling. The second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location of the core network; the base station sends the first acquisition information for obtaining the identifier of the location area of the access network by using the RRC dedicated signaling to the user terminal in the cell that is covered by the base station; The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information; and the second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission band information. At least one of them.
RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站所覆盖的小区中的用户终端开机后,接收基站下发的核心网位置区标识或接入网位置区标识,接入无线通信网络系统并进行注册。在接入无线通信网络系统后,接收基站下发的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息和用于获取接入网位置区标识的第一获取信息,,基于接收到的上述信息确定用户终端进入睡眠状态,即省电模式,用户终端后续进入RRC空闲态。The RRC state includes the core network location area identifier or the access network location area identifier sent by the base station after the user terminal in the cell covered by the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state is turned on, and accesses the wireless communication network system. Sign up. After the access to the wireless communication network system, the first acquisition information that is sent by the base station to obtain the identifier of the core network location area is used to obtain the second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location of the core network, and is used for acquiring access. The first acquiring information of the network location area identifier determines that the user terminal enters a sleep state based on the received information, that is, the power saving mode, and the user terminal subsequently enters the RRC idle state.
用户终端处于RRC空闲态,这时,通过小区选择或者重选,将驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取核心网位置区标识的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识;用户终端判断第二基站下发的核心网位置区标识是否包含在用户终端的核心网位置区标识列表中。The user terminal is in the RRC idle state. When the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell by cell selection or reselection, the user terminal receives the first cell from the first cell corresponding to the first cell. The first acquiring information for obtaining the identifier of the core network location area, the second cell receiving the core network location area identifier sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and the user terminal determining the core network location area sent by the second base station Whether the identifier is included in the core network location area identifier list of the user terminal.
在为是时,用户终端基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收第二基站下发的寻呼消息。其中,所述第二获取信息为用于获取核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息。In the case of YES, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information received from the first base station for acquiring the wake-up signal in the location of the core network, and returns based on the wake-up signal. The working mode receives the paging message sent by the second base station. The second acquisition information is acquisition information for acquiring a wake-up signal in a location of a core network.
在为否时,用户终端基于从第二基站接收的核心网位置区标识对核心网位置区标识列表进行更新,基于更新后的核心网位置区标识列表从第二基站 接收用于获取接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于从第二基站接收的第二获取信息,接收第二基站下发的第二小区内的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息。In the case of no, the user terminal updates the core network location area identifier list based on the core network location area identifier received from the second base station, and receives the access network from the second base station based on the updated core network location area identifier list. The second acquisition information of the wake-up signal in the location area receives the wake-up signal in the second cell sent by the second base station, and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, based on the second acquisition information received from the second base station, and receives the A paging message sent by the second base station.
需要说明的是,不论是用户终端驻留在第一小区,还是驻留在第二小区时,RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,收到来自核心网或者接入网的寻呼消息,在判断所述寻呼消息为其覆盖的小区中的某一用户终端的寻呼消息后,基站向该用户终端下发用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,该用户终端接收并基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收基站下发的寻呼消息。当用户终端需要寻呼无线通信网络系统中的其他用户终端时,该用户终端读取核心网位置区标识列表或者接入网位置区标识列表,按照接入控制要求接入无线通信网络系统。It should be noted that, whether the user terminal camps in the first cell or stays in the second cell, the RRC state includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, and the base station receives the information from the core network or the access network. a paging message, after determining that the paging message is a paging message of a user terminal in a cell that is covered by the paging message, the base station sends a wake-up signal to the user terminal to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, The user terminal receives and returns to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the base station. When the user terminal needs to page other user terminals in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal reads the core network location area identifier list or the access network location area identifier list, and accesses the wireless communication network system according to the access control requirement.
第七具体实施例Seventh embodiment
在所述第七具体实施例,无线通信网络系统中的基站,所覆盖的小区中的用户终端通过RRC专有信令下发的工作模式配置信息,以使用户终端基于工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式。In the seventh embodiment, the base station in the wireless communication network system, the user terminal in the covered cell passes the working mode configuration information delivered by the RRC dedicated signaling, so that the user terminal determines whether the working mode is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode.
用户终端初次接入无线通信网络系统,业务时延要求低,如果基站判断其所覆盖的小区中的一用户终端可以进入省电模式,基站通过RRC专有信令下发的工作模式配置信息,用户终端在收到工作模式配置信息后,基于工作模式配置信息确定离开工作模式,进入省电模式。所述基站判断用户终端可以进入省电模式,具体可以是基站判断用户终端已完成接入网位置区更新,或基站判断用户终端已完成路由区更新。The user terminal accesses the wireless communication network system for the first time, and the service delay requirement is low. If the base station determines that a user terminal in the cell covered by the base station can enter the power saving mode, the base station uses the working mode configuration information delivered by the RRC proprietary signaling. After receiving the working mode configuration information, the user terminal determines to leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information, and enters the power saving mode. The base station determines that the user terminal can enter the power saving mode, and specifically, the base station determines that the user terminal has completed the access network location area update, or the base station determines that the user terminal has completed the routing area update.
用户终端再次接入无线通信网络系统,业务时延要求变高,基站基于包括用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息,生成工作模式配置信息,通过RRC专有信令将所述工作模式配置信息下发给用户终端,用户终端基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式。其中,所述工作模式决策信息,还可包括基站判断用户终端已完成接入网位置区更新的信息和/或基站判断用户终端已完成路由区更新的信息。The user terminal accesses the wireless communication network system again, and the service delay requirement becomes high. The base station generates working mode configuration information based on the working mode decision information including the service delay request information of the user terminal, and uses the RRC proprietary signaling to perform the working mode. The configuration information is sent to the user terminal, and the user terminal determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information. The working mode decision information may further include information that the base station determines that the user terminal has completed the access network location area update and/or the base station determines that the user terminal has completed the routing area update.
本发明实施例中提供的用户终端省电方法,无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号的情况下,在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,如果第一小区和第二小区处于同一位置区,用户终端不需要消耗电量从第二小区对应的第二基站读取用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,直接基于在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;在网络位置信息中的第二小区的网络位置标识包含在用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,用户终端不需要消耗电量从第二小区对应的第二基站读取用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,直接基于在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收并基于第二基站下发的唤醒信号,唤醒用户终端接收寻呼消息。如此,一方面,实现用户终端在驻留小区变更的过程中省电;另一方面,用户终端还可基于第二基站下发的网络位置信息进行网络位置标识列表更新,确保用户终端正常接收寻呼消息和实现业务可达。The user terminal power saving method provided in the embodiment of the present invention, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends the network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. In the case of indicating that the user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, in a process in which the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell, if the first cell and the second cell are in the same location area, the user terminal The first acquisition information for acquiring the network location information is read from the second base station corresponding to the second cell, and is not based on the second base station, and is used to obtain the network location based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell. The first acquiring information of the information, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell is received by the second cell, and the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information is included in the network location identifier list of the user terminal. The user terminal does not need to consume power to read the second acquisition signal for acquiring the wake-up signal from the second base station corresponding to the second cell. , Directly based upon the first cell received from the first base station to obtain information for obtaining a second wake-up signal, based on the received wake-up signal sent by the second base station, the user terminal receives the paging wake-up message. In this way, on the one hand, the user terminal can save power in the process of camping the cell change; on the other hand, the user terminal can also update the network location identifier list based on the network location information sent by the second base station to ensure that the user terminal normally receives the search. Calling messages and achieving business reachability.
基于前述本发明实施例中基于终端侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法实施例的实现,本发明实施例中还提供了一种用户终端省电装置实施例。所述用户终端省电装置,应用于无线通信网络系统中的用户终端,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。所述用户终端为前述用户终端省电方法实施例中的用户终端。对用户终端类型的相关说明请参照前述用户终端省电方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再一一赘述。An embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal is provided in the embodiment of the present invention, and the embodiment of the present invention further provides an embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal. The user terminal power saving device is applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, and the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource to the covered cell. The user terminal sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message. The user terminal is a user terminal in the foregoing method for saving power of the user terminal. For a description of the type of the user terminal, refer to the related description in the foregoing embodiment of the power saving method of the user terminal, and details are not described herein again.
图3示出了本发明实施例中基于终端侧提供的一种用户终端省电装置的结构示意图。所述用户终端省电装置为前述用户终端省电方法的实现形式,其具有的多个功能模块,具体可以是程序模块,也可以是逻辑电路模块。FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a power saving device for a user terminal provided by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user terminal power saving device is an implementation form of the power saving method of the user terminal, and has a plurality of functional modules, which may be a program module or a logic circuit module.
现参照图3所示,所述用户终端省电装置100包括:网络位置信息获取 模块110、网络位置标识判断模块120、用户终端唤醒模块130,而且,在本发明实施例中,网络位置信息获取模块110、网络位置标识判断模块120、用户终端唤醒模块130可以通过逻辑电路来实现,且可以部分或者全部集成到硬件处理器(hardware processor)中,通过硬件处理器按照前述基于终端侧的用户终端省电方法实施例中任意一个实施例的处理流程来组织相关功能模块的工作。其中:Referring to FIG. 3, the user terminal power saving device 100 includes: a network location information acquiring module 110, a network location identifier determining module 120, and a user terminal waking module 130. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, network location information is obtained. The module 110, the network location identifier determining module 120, and the user terminal wake-up module 130 may be implemented by logic circuits, and may be partially or fully integrated into a hardware processor, and the hardware terminal is used according to the foregoing terminal-side user terminal. The processing flow of any one of the embodiments of the power saving method organizes the work of the related functional modules. among them:
网络位置信息获取模块110,用于在所述用户终端的驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;The network location information acquiring module 110 is configured to: when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell, based on the first base station corresponding to the first cell in the first cell Receiving the first acquiring information for acquiring the network location information, and receiving the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell in the second cell;
网络位置标识判断模块120,用于判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识是否包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中;The network location identifier determining module 120 is configured to determine whether the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in the network location identifier list of the user terminal;
用户终端唤醒模块130,用于在为是时,基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;The user terminal wake-up module 130 is configured to receive the wake-up sent by the second base station based on the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station when the first cell is YES. The signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station;
其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
至少基于获得所述第一获取信息和所述第二获取信息考虑,本发明用户终端省电装置实施例的可能的实施方式中,所述装置还包括:And the device further includes: at least based on the obtaining the first obtaining information and the second obtaining information, in a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal of the present invention, the device further includes:
第一获取信息获取模块140,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令下发的所述第一获取信息;The first acquiring information acquiring module 140 is configured to send, by the first cell, the first base station, by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling, when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell. The first acquisition information;
第二获取信息获取模块150,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过所述广播消息或所述RRC专有信令下发的所述第二获取信息。The second acquisition information acquiring module 150 is configured to: when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, receive, by the first cell, the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC proprietary The second acquisition information delivered by the signaling.
至少基于让所述用户终端的工作模式与所述用户终端业务时延要求相符合考虑,本发明用户终端省电装置实施例的可能的实施方式中,所述装置还包括:In a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal of the present invention, the device further includes:
工作模式确定模块160,用于当所述用户终端驻留在所述第一小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第一基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;以及用于当所述用户终端驻留在所述第二小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第二基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The working mode determining module 160 is configured to: when the user terminal resides in the first cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station, and determines whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the operating mode configuration information. Entering or leaving the working mode; and when the user terminal camps on the second cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the second base station, and determines, according to the working mode configuration information, Whether to enter or leave the working mode; wherein the working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state. And the RRC idle state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection. Or the RRC inactive state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. And the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or The base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource. Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state, the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接 入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
基于前述本发明实施例中基于网络侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法实施例的实现,可对应得到具有多个功能模块的本发明实施例中提供的一种用户终端省电装置实施例。所述用户终端省电装置,应用于网络侧设备。Based on the foregoing implementation of the embodiment of the present invention, the user terminal power saving device embodiment provided by the embodiment of the present invention having multiple functional modules can be correspondingly obtained. The user terminal power saving device is applied to a network side device.
图4示出了本发明实施例中基于网络侧提供的一种用户终端省电装置的结构示意图。所述用户终端省电装置,应用于网络侧设备。所述用户终端省电装置为前述基于网络侧的用户终端省电方法的实现形式,其具有的多个功能模块,具体可以是程序模块,也可以是逻辑电路模块。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a power saving device for a user terminal provided by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user terminal power saving device is applied to a network side device. The user terminal power saving device is an implementation form of the network terminal-based user terminal power saving method, and has a plurality of functional modules, which may be a program module or a logic circuit module.
现参照图4所示,所述用户终端省电装置200包括:系统信息下发模块210、获取信息下发模块220,而且,在本发明实施例中,系统信息下发模块210、获取信息下发模块220可以通过逻辑电路来实现,且可以部分或者全部 集成到硬件处理器(hardware processor)中,通过硬件处理器按照前述基于网络侧的用户终端省电方法实施例中任意一个实施例的处理流程来组织相关功能模块的工作。其中:Referring to FIG. 4, the user terminal power saving device 200 includes: a system information sending module 210, an obtaining information sending module 220, and in the embodiment of the present invention, the system information is sent by the module 210, and the information is obtained. The sending module 220 can be implemented by a logic circuit, and can be partially or completely integrated into a hardware processor, and processed by the hardware processor according to any one of the foregoing embodiments of the network side-based user terminal power saving method embodiment. Process to organize the work of related functional modules. among them:
系统信息下发模块210,用于基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向同一位置区的基站覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The system information sending module 210 is configured to send network location information to the user terminal in the cell covered by the base station in the same location area, and to indicate that the user terminal has paging, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The wake-up signal of the message;
获取信息下发模块220,用于向基站覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,以使所述用户终端在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;以及判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;The obtaining information sending module 220 is configured to send, to the user terminal in the cell covered by the base station, first obtaining information for acquiring network location information and second obtaining information for acquiring a wake-up signal, so that the user The terminal may be configured to acquire the first location of the network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell. Receiving, in the second cell, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and determining the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station When being included in the network location identifier list of the user terminal, the second base station can be sent according to the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station when the first cell is received. The wake-up signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station;
其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
至少基于获得所述第一获取信息和所述第二获取信息考虑,本发明基于网络侧的用户终端省电装置实施例的可能的实施方式中,所述获取信息下发模块,还用于在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发第一获取信息;The obtaining information sending module is further used in the possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the power saving device of the user terminal in the network side, based on the obtaining of the first obtaining information and the second obtaining information. When the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the method is configured to send the first acquiring information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling;
以及还用于在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发所述第二获取信息。And when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the second acquiring information is sent to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
至少基于让所述用户终端的工作模式与所述用户终端业务时延要求相符合考虑,本发明基于网络侧的用户终端省电装置实施例的可能的实施方式中, 所述装置还包括:The device further includes: based on the at least one of the operating modes of the user terminal and the service delay of the user terminal, the device further includes:
工作模式配置信息下发模块230,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,用于向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;以及The working mode configuration information sending module 230 is configured to send working mode configuration information to the user terminal when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, so that the user terminal can be based on the The working mode configuration information determines whether to enter or leave the working mode;
在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第二小区时,用于向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;And when the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, configured to send working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether to enter or leave based on the working mode configuration information. Operating mode;
其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state. And the RRC idle state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection. Or the RRC inactive state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and uses the indication based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell. Or the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state, the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括:核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
基于前述本发明实施例中基于终端侧提供的一种用户终端省电方法实施例的应用,本发明实施例中还提供了一种用户终端实施例。所述用户终端为前述基于终端侧的用户终端省电方法或者前述基于终端侧的用户终端省电装置应用于无线通信网络系统中的用户终端得到的本发明实施例中提供的一种用户终端。其中,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。An embodiment of the user terminal is further provided in the embodiment of the present invention, based on the application of the embodiment of the power saving method of the user terminal provided by the terminal side. The user terminal is a user terminal provided in the foregoing embodiment of the present invention, which is obtained by using the user terminal power saving method based on the terminal side or the user terminal power saving device based on the terminal side applied to the user terminal in the wireless communication network system. The base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate that the user terminal has The wake-up signal of the paging message.
图5示出了本发明实施例中提供的一种用户终端的结构示意图。所述用户终端为前述用户终端省电方法实施例中的用户终端。对用户终端类型的相关说明请参照前述用户终端省电方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再一一赘述。FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal provided in an embodiment of the present invention. The user terminal is a user terminal in the foregoing method for saving power of the user terminal. For a description of the type of the user terminal, refer to the related description in the foregoing embodiment of the power saving method of the user terminal, and details are not described herein again.
现参照图5所示,该用户终端300包括:总线330,连接总线330的至少一个处理器310,以及与至少一个处理器310通信连接存储器320。其中,存储器320存储有可被至少一个处理器310执行的指令,指令被至少一个处理器310执行,以在执行所述指令时执行如下步骤:Referring now to FIG. 5, the user terminal 300 includes a bus 330, at least one processor 310 coupled to the bus 330, and a memory 320 in communication with at least one processor 310. The memory 320 stores instructions executable by the at least one processor 310, the instructions being executed by the at least one processor 310 to perform the following steps when executing the instructions:
在所述用户终端的驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;And the method for acquiring network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell Receiving, by the second cell, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell in the second cell;
判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识是否包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中;Determining whether a network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
在为是时,基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;When yes, receiving the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received by the first base station, and returning to the working mode based on the wake-up signal Receiving a paging message sent by the second base station;
其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
至少基于获得所述第一获取信息和所述第二获取信息考虑,本发明用户终端实施例的可能的实施方式中,至少一个处理器310在执行所述指令时还执行如下步骤:At least one processor 310 further performs the following steps when performing the instruction, at least one processor 310 in the possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the user terminal of the present invention, based on the obtaining of the first acquisition information and the second acquisition information.
在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令下发的所述第一获取信息;Receiving, by the first cell, the first acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling;
在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过所述广播消息或所述RRC专有信令下发的所述第二获取信息。Receiving, by the first cell, the second acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC dedicated signaling.
至少基于让所述用户终端的工作模式与所述用户终端业务时延要求相符合考虑,至少一个处理器310在执行所述指令时还执行如下步骤:At least one processor 310 performs the following steps when executing the instruction, at least based on the compatibility of the operating mode of the user terminal with the user terminal service delay requirement:
在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过RRC专有信令下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;所述工 作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。Receiving, by the first cell, the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station by using the RRC dedicated signaling, determining, according to the working mode configuration information, whether to enter or leave the working mode; the working mode configuration information is the The first base station is obtained based on the working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay request information.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state. And the RRC idle state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate the The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:In a possible implementation, if the RRC state includes a base station including an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection. Or the RRC inactive state, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information and use the indication to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The user terminal has a wake-up signal of a paging message, which is specifically:
所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻 连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. And the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or The base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource. Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state, the first acquiring information is acquiring information for acquiring the core network location area identifier of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
可能的实施方式中,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;In a possible implementation manner, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the area identifier and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
所述网络位置标识列表包括核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识 列表;The network location identifier list includes a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
可能的实施方式中,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;In a possible implementation manner, when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
基于上述技术方案,本发明实施例中,无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号的情况下,在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,如果第一小区和第二小区处于同一位置区,用户终端不需要消耗电量从第二小区对应的第二基站读取用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,基于第一获取信息中包含的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种,直接通过在第一小区时从第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在第二小区接收第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;在网络位置信息中的第二小区的网络位置标识包含在用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,用户终端不需要消耗电量从第二小区对应的第二基站读取用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,基于第二获取信息中包含的重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种,直接通过在第一小区时从第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收并基于第二基站下发的唤醒信号,唤醒用户终端接收寻呼消息。如此,一方面,实现用户终端在驻留小区变更的过程中省电;另一方面,用户终端还可基于第二基站下发的网络位置信息进行网络位置标识列表更新,确保用户终端正常接收寻呼消息和实现业务可达。Based on the foregoing technical solution, in the embodiment of the present invention, the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends the network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource, and is used for In the case that the user terminal has the wake-up signal of the paging message, in the process that the camping cell is changed from the first cell to the second cell, if the first cell and the second cell are in the same location area, the user terminal does not need to be The first power acquisition information for acquiring the network location information is read from the second base station corresponding to the second cell, and is based on the repetition period information, the offset information, the transmission frequency band information, and the modulation and coding mode information included in the first acquisition information. And at least one of the second base station corresponding to the second cell is sent by the second cell that is received by the first cell corresponding to the first cell in the first cell to obtain the network location information. Network location information; the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information includes the network location identifier of the user terminal In the table, the user terminal does not need to consume power to read second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal from the second base station corresponding to the second cell, based on the repetition period information, the offset information, and the transmission frequency band included in the second acquisition information. At least one of the information is received by the second acquisition information for acquiring the wake-up signal received from the first base station, and is received by the second base station, and wakes up the user terminal to receive the paging message. . In this way, on the one hand, the user terminal can save power in the process of camping the cell change; on the other hand, the user terminal can also update the network location identifier list based on the network location information sent by the second base station to ensure that the user terminal normally receives the search. Calling messages and achieving business reachability.
在此基础上,用户终端可基于第一基站或第二基站通过RRC专有信令下发的工作模式配置信息,在基站对应的小区确定是否进入或离开工作模式,从而实现业务需要与工作模式相匹配。On the basis of this, the user terminal can determine whether to enter or leave the working mode according to the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station or the second base station through the RRC dedicated signaling, thereby implementing the service requirement and the working mode. Match.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram. It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and modifications of the invention

Claims (29)

  1. 一种用户终端省电方法,应用于无线通信网络系统中的用户终端,其特征在于,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述方法包括:A user terminal power saving method is applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, wherein a base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be covered based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The user terminal in the cell sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message; the method includes:
    在所述用户终端的驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,所述用户终端基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;In the process of changing the camping cell of the user terminal from the first cell to the second cell, the user terminal is configured to acquire according to the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is used. The first acquiring information of the network location information, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell is received by the second cell;
    所述用户终端判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识是否包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中;Determining, by the user terminal, whether a network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
    在为是时,所述用户终端基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;In the case of YES, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information used to acquire the wake-up signal received by the first base station in the first cell, based on the wake-up Returning to the working mode, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station;
    其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the method further includes:
    所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令下发的所述第一获取信息;Receiving, by the user equipment, the first acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling, in the first cell;
    所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过所述广播消息或所述RRC专有信令下发的所述第二获取信息。The user terminal receives, in the first cell, the second acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC dedicated signaling.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述用户终端驻留在所述第一小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第一基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离 开工作模式;When the user terminal is camped on the first cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station, and determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information;
    当所述用户终端驻留在所述第二小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第二基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the user terminal is camped on the second cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the second base station, and determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information;
    其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that
    如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:If the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, The base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and indicate that the user terminal has a paging message based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The wake-up signal is specifically:
    所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
    所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
    所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  5. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that
    如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC 轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:If the RRC state includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state. And the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate that the user terminal is searching for The wake-up signal of the call message is specifically:
    所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. And the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or The base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource. Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The method according to claim 5, wherein the first acquisition information is used to acquire the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state. Information on the acquisition of the zone identifier;
    所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
    所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;The method according to claim 5, wherein, if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, the first obtaining information includes: acquiring a core network location to which the first base station belongs The acquisition information of the core network location area identifier of the area and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
    所述网络位置标识列表包括:核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;The method according to claim 7, wherein when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier. ;
    所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;The method according to claim 7, wherein when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
    所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  10. 一种用户终端,应用于无线通信网络系统中,其特征在于,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;包括:A user terminal is applied to a wireless communication network system, wherein a base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system is capable of transmitting the user in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The terminal sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
    至少一个处理器;以及,At least one processor; and,
    与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器;其中,所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述指令被所述至少一个处理器执行,以使所述至少一个处理器能够执行如下方法:a memory communicatively coupled to the at least one processor; wherein the memory stores instructions executable by the at least one processor, the instructions being executed by the at least one processor to cause the at least one processing The device can perform the following methods:
    在所述用户终端的驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,所述用户终端基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;In the process of changing the camping cell of the user terminal from the first cell to the second cell, the user terminal is configured to acquire according to the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is used. The first acquiring information of the network location information, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell is received by the second cell;
    所述用户终端判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区 的网络位置标识是否包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中;Determining, by the user terminal, whether a network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
    在为是时,所述用户终端基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;In the case of YES, the user terminal receives the wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquisition information used to acquire the wake-up signal received by the first base station in the first cell, based on the wake-up Returning to the working mode, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station;
    其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的用户终端,其特征在于,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,所述方法还包括:The user terminal according to claim 10, wherein when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the method further includes:
    所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令下发的所述第一获取信息;Receiving, by the user equipment, the first acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling, in the first cell;
    所述用户终端在所述第一小区接收所述第一基站通过所述广播消息或所述RRC专有信令下发的所述第二获取信息。The user terminal receives, in the first cell, the second acquiring information that is sent by the first base station by using the broadcast message or the RRC dedicated signaling.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的用户终端,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The user terminal according to claim 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述用户终端驻留在所述第一小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第一基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the user terminal is camped on the first cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the first base station, and determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information;
    当所述用户终端驻留在所述第二小区时,所述用户终端接收所述第二基站下发的工作模式配置信息,基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the user terminal is camped on the second cell, the user terminal receives the working mode configuration information sent by the second base station, and determines whether to enter or leave the working mode based on the working mode configuration information;
    其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  13. 根据权利要求10-12中任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to any one of claims 10 to 12, characterized in that
    如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位 置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:If the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, The base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and indicate that the user terminal has a paging message based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The wake-up signal is specifically:
    所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
    所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
    所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  14. 根据权利要求10-12中任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to any one of claims 10 to 12, characterized in that
    如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:If the RRC state includes an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state. And the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can send network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate that the user terminal is searching for The wake-up signal of the call message is specifically:
    所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes a RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the base station can enter the RRC idle state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. And the RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes an RRC light connection state or The base station of the RRC inactive state can send the core network location area identifier and the access network location to the user terminal that enters the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource. Information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的用户终端,其特征在于,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The user terminal according to claim 14, wherein the first acquisition information is the core network for acquiring a core network location area to which the first base station belongs if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state. Acquisition information of the location area identifier;
    所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
    所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的用户终端,其特征在于,如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;The user terminal according to claim 14, wherein the first acquisition information comprises: acquiring a core network to which the first base station belongs if the user terminal is in an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state The acquisition information of the core network location area identifier of the location area and/or the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
    所述网络位置标识列表包括:核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的用户终端,其特征在于,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;The user terminal according to claim 16, wherein when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area. Identification
    所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的用户终端,其特征在于,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;The user terminal according to claim 16, wherein when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
    所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  19. 一种用户终端省电装置,应用于无线通信网络系统中的用户终端,其特征在于,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;所述装置包括:A user terminal power saving device is applied to a user terminal in a wireless communication network system, wherein a base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system can be covered based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. The user terminal in the cell sends network location information and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message; the device includes:
    网络位置信息获取模块,用于在所述用户终端的驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;a network location information acquiring module, configured to receive, according to the first cell corresponding to the first cell, the first cell when the camping cell of the user terminal is changed from the first cell to the second cell Receiving, by the second cell, the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell, where the first location information is used to obtain the network location information;
    网络位置标识判断模块,用于判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识是否包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中;a network location identifier determining module, configured to determine whether a network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in a network location identifier list of the user terminal;
    用户终端唤醒模块,用于在为是时,基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;a user terminal wake-up module, configured to receive a wake-up signal sent by the second base station based on the second acquiring information used to obtain the wake-up signal received by the first base station when the first cell is Receiving a working mode according to the wake-up signal, and receiving a paging message sent by the second base station;
    其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  20. 一种用户终端省电方法,应用于网络侧设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A power saving method for a user terminal, which is applied to a network side device, and the method includes:
    所述网络侧设备中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;And the base station in the same location area of the network side device sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell, and is used to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. Wake-up signal;
    所述基站向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发用于获取网络位置信息 的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,以使所述用户终端在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;以及判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;Transmitting, by the base station, first acquiring information for acquiring network location information and second acquiring information for acquiring a wake-up signal, to the user terminal in the covered cell, so that the user terminal is in a camping cell In the process of changing the first cell to the second cell, the first acquiring information for acquiring network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is changed, in the The second cell receives the network location information sent by the second base station corresponding to the second cell; and determines that the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information sent by the second base station is included in the user terminal. When the network location identifier list is used, the wake-up signal sent by the second base station can be received based on the second acquisition information used to obtain the wake-up signal received from the first base station in the first cell, based on the wake-up Returning to the working mode, and receiving the paging message sent by the second base station;
    其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein when the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the method further includes:
    所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发第一获取信息;Transmitting, by the first base station, the first acquiring information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling;
    所述第一基站通过广播消息或RRC专有信令向所述用户终端下发所述第二获取信息。The first base station sends the second acquisition information to the user terminal by using a broadcast message or RRC dedicated signaling.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第一小区时,所述第一基站向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the camping cell of the user terminal is the first cell, the first base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
    在所述用户终端的驻留小区为所述第二小区时,所述第二基站向所述用户终端下发工作模式配置信息,以使所述用户终端能够基于所述工作模式配置信息确定是否进入或离开工作模式;When the camping cell of the user terminal is the second cell, the second base station sends the working mode configuration information to the user terminal, so that the user terminal can determine whether the operating mode configuration information is based on the working mode configuration information. Enter or leave the work mode;
    其中,所述工作模式配置信息为所述第一基站基于包括所述用户终端业务时延要求信息的工作模式决策信息而得到。The working mode configuration information is obtained by the first base station based on working mode decision information including the user terminal service delay requirement information.
  23. 根据权利要求20-22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 20-22, wherein
    如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:If the RRC state includes only the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station only include the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state, The base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell and indicates that the user terminal has a paging message, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource. The wake-up signal is specifically:
    所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态仅包括RRC连接态和RRC空闲态的基站能够基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system, which only includes the RRC connection state and the RRC idle state, can be delivered to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources. a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
    所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The first obtaining information is used to obtain the acquiring information of the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
    所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  24. 根据权利要求20-22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 20-22, wherein
    如果所述无线通信网络系统中包括RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站,且所述第一基站和所述第二基站的RRC状态均包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态,所述无线通信网络系统中的同一位置区的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向所覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号,具体为:If the RRC state includes an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state, and the RRC states of the first base station and the second base station both include an RRC light connection state or an RRC inactive state. And the base station in the same location area in the wireless communication network system sends the network location information to the user terminal in the covered cell based on the same transmission mode and the time-frequency resource, and is used to indicate that the user terminal is searching for The wake-up signal of the call message is specifically:
    所述无线通信网络系统中的同一核心网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC空闲态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识和用于指示所 述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;The RRC state of the same core network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to the RRC idle state in the covered cell. Describe a core network location area identifier and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message;
    所述无线通信网络系统中的同一接入网位置区的RRC状态包括RRC轻连接态或RRC非激活态的基站基于相同的传输方式和时频资源向所覆盖的小区中的进入RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态的所述用户终端下发核心网位置区标识、接入网位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号。The RRC state of the same access network location area in the wireless communication network system includes the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state base station based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resources to enter the RRC light connection state in the covered cell. Or the user terminal in the RRC inactive state sends a core network location area identifier, access network location information, and a wake-up signal for indicating that the user terminal has a paging message.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述用户终端处于RRC空闲态,所述第一获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息;The method according to claim 24, wherein the first acquisition information is used to acquire the core network location of a core network location area to which the first base station belongs if the user terminal is in an RRC idle state. Information on the acquisition of the zone identifier;
    所述第二获取信息为用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second acquisition information is used to acquire acquisition information of a wake-up signal in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息为所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识;The network location information sent by the second base station is the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs;
    所述网络位置标识列表为核心网位置区标识列表;The network location identifier list is a core network location area identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号为核心网位置区内的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station is a wake-up signal in the location of the core network.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 24 wherein
    如果所述用户终端处于RRC轻连接态或者RRC非激活态,所述第一获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识的获取信息;If the user terminal is in the RRC light connection state or the RRC inactive state, the first acquiring information includes: acquiring information about acquiring the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the first base station belongs And obtaining the acquisition information of the access network location identifier of the access network location area to which the first base station belongs;
    所述第二获取信息包括:用于获取所述第一基站所属的核心网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息和/或用于获取所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区内的唤醒信号的获取信息;The second obtaining information includes: acquiring information about acquiring wake-up signals in a core network location area to which the first base station belongs, and/or acquiring wake-up areas in an access network location area to which the first base station belongs Signal acquisition information;
    所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息包括:所述第二基站所属的核心网位置区的所述核心网位置区标识和/或所述第二基站所属的接入网位置区的接入网位置标识;The network location information sent by the second base station includes: the core network location area identifier of the core network location area to which the second base station belongs and/or access of the access network location area to which the second base station belongs Network location identifier;
    所述网络位置标识列表包括:核心网位置区标识列表和/或接入网位置标识列表;The network location identifier list includes: a core network location area identifier list and/or an access network location identifier list;
    所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号包括:核心网位置区内的唤醒信号和/或接入网位置区的唤醒信号。The wake-up signal sent by the second base station includes: a wake-up signal in a location of the core network and/or a wake-up signal in a location area of the access network.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用接入网位置区标识表示时,所述接入网位置标识为接入网位置区标识;The method according to claim 26, wherein when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by an access network location area identifier, the access network location identifier is an access network location area identifier. ;
    所述接入网位置标识列表为接入网位置区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is an access network location area identifier list.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一基站所属的接入网位置区采用小区标识列表表示时,所述接入网位置标识为小区标识;The method according to claim 26, wherein when the access network location area to which the first base station belongs is represented by a cell identifier list, the access network location identifier is a cell identifier;
    所述接入网位置标识列表为小区标识列表。The access network location identifier list is a cell identity list.
  29. 一种用户终端省电装置,应用于网络侧设备,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A user terminal power saving device is applied to a network side device, and the device includes:
    系统信息下发模块,用于基于相同的传输方式和时频资源,向同一位置区的基站覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发网络位置信息和用于指示所述用户终端有寻呼消息的唤醒信号;a system information sending module, configured to send network location information to the user terminal in a cell covered by a base station in the same location area, and to indicate that the user terminal has a paging message, based on the same transmission mode and time-frequency resource Wake-up signal;
    获取信息下发模块,用于向基站覆盖的小区中的所述用户终端下发用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息和用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,以使所述用户终端在驻留小区从第一小区变更为第二小区的过程中,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一小区对应的第一基站接收的用于获取网络位置信息的第一获取信息,在所述第二小区接收所述第二小区对应的第二基站下发的网络位置信息;以及判断所述第二基站下发的网络位置信息中的所述第二小区的网络位置标识包含在所述用户终端的网络位置标识列表中时,能够基于在所述第一小区时从所述第一基站接收的用于获取唤醒信号的第二获取信息,接收所述第二基站下发的唤醒信号,基于唤醒信号返回工作模式,接收所述第二基站下发的寻呼消息;Obtaining an information sending module, configured to send, to the user terminal in a cell covered by the base station, first obtaining information for acquiring network location information and second obtaining information for acquiring a wake-up signal, so that the user terminal In the process of changing the camping cell from the first cell to the second cell, the first acquiring information for acquiring network location information received from the first base station corresponding to the first cell when the first cell is received And receiving, by the second cell, the network location information that is sent by the second base station that is corresponding to the second cell; and determining that the network location identifier of the second cell in the network location information that is sent by the second base station includes When the network location identifier list of the user terminal is used, the second base station that is sent by the second base station can be received based on the second acquisition information that is received by the first base station and used to acquire the wake-up signal. The wake-up signal is returned to the working mode based on the wake-up signal, and receives the paging message sent by the second base station;
    其中,所述第一获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息、调制编码模式信息中的至少一种;所述第二获取信息中包含重复周期信息、偏移信息、传输频带信息中的至少一种。The first acquisition information includes at least one of repetition period information, offset information, transmission band information, and modulation and coding mode information. The second acquisition information includes repetition period information, offset information, and transmission frequency band. At least one of the information.
PCT/CN2018/081451 2017-03-31 2018-03-30 Power-saving method for user terminal and device WO2018177431A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710210660.6A CN108668330B (en) 2017-03-31 2017-03-31 A kind of user terminal electricity saving method, device
CN201710210660.6 2017-03-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018177431A1 true WO2018177431A1 (en) 2018-10-04

Family

ID=63675261

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/081451 WO2018177431A1 (en) 2017-03-31 2018-03-30 Power-saving method for user terminal and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108668330B (en)
WO (1) WO2018177431A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111194084B (en) * 2018-11-15 2022-11-15 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information transmission method and device
CN109451488A (en) * 2018-12-12 2019-03-08 南京熊猫电子股份有限公司 A method of the holding UE connection based on IMSI paging
CN111510998A (en) * 2019-01-31 2020-08-07 夏普株式会社 Method performed by user equipment and user equipment
CN112188579B (en) * 2020-10-21 2023-03-10 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Calling method, terminal and authentication management function entity equipment
CN115529653A (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-27 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and related device
CN116209032A (en) * 2021-11-30 2023-06-02 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101036405A (en) * 2004-05-07 2007-09-12 Lg电子株式会社 Method for performing handover in broadband wireless access system
CN101242654A (en) * 2008-03-12 2008-08-13 华为技术有限公司 A method and device for saving power of mobile terminal
CN102123345A (en) * 2011-01-27 2011-07-13 电信科学技术研究院 Method, device and system for sending position information of MBMS (Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service)
US8780775B2 (en) * 2010-05-28 2014-07-15 Intel Corporation Method and device for reducing power drain while camped on a wireless local area network

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101123823A (en) * 2007-09-04 2008-02-13 华为技术有限公司 A cell selection method, network system and related device
EP2925077A1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2015-09-30 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting machine-type communications

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101036405A (en) * 2004-05-07 2007-09-12 Lg电子株式会社 Method for performing handover in broadband wireless access system
CN101242654A (en) * 2008-03-12 2008-08-13 华为技术有限公司 A method and device for saving power of mobile terminal
US8780775B2 (en) * 2010-05-28 2014-07-15 Intel Corporation Method and device for reducing power drain while camped on a wireless local area network
CN102123345A (en) * 2011-01-27 2011-07-13 电信科学技术研究院 Method, device and system for sending position information of MBMS (Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108668330A (en) 2018-10-16
CN108668330B (en) 2019-06-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018177431A1 (en) Power-saving method for user terminal and device
CN111585724B (en) Communication method, device and equipment
CN113766588B (en) Cell reselection method and related equipment
JP5512879B2 (en) System and method for page delivery to an idle wireless client device
CN109792712B (en) Paging method, network equipment and terminal equipment
US20130109436A1 (en) Processing system, wireless device and method
US11758591B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2021238591A1 (en) Reference signal configuration updating method and apparatus
CN110754121A (en) RAN area ID configuration
CN113938995B (en) Communication method and device
US20220322285A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN111954231A (en) Information determining and indicating method and device
CN114173322A (en) Communication method and device
CN111194072A (en) Method and device for monitoring paging under multi-beam scene
WO2019071986A1 (en) Search period determination method and device
WO2022099539A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP4152871A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US20230239901A1 (en) Method for receiving multicast service data, terminal device, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
WO2021253396A1 (en) Information processing method and device, and storage medium
CN115474161A (en) Cluster paging method, device, cluster terminal, network equipment and storage medium
EP4274329A1 (en) Information receiving method, information sending method, and communication apparatus
WO2024082234A1 (en) Method and apparatus for waking up transceiver, and storage medium and chip
EP4351229A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining energy-saving signal monitoring occasion, and terminal device
WO2024027678A1 (en) Extended discontinuous reception configuration method, apparatus and communication device
CN113875292B (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving signal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18774727

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18774727

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1